2011-06-22 Pedro Alves <pedro@codesourcery.com>
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
24 #include <ctype.h>
25 #include "hashtab.h"
26 #include "symtab.h"
27 #include "frame.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
30 #include "gdbtypes.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
32 #include "gdbcore.h"
33 #include "gdbcmd.h"
34 #include "value.h"
35 #include "command.h"
36 #include "inferior.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "target.h"
39 #include "language.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
41 #include "demangle.h"
42 #include "filenames.h"
43 #include "annotate.h"
44 #include "symfile.h"
45 #include "objfiles.h"
46 #include "source.h"
47 #include "linespec.h"
48 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "gdb.h"
50 #include "ui-out.h"
51 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "gdb_assert.h"
53 #include "block.h"
54 #include "solib.h"
55 #include "solist.h"
56 #include "observer.h"
57 #include "exceptions.h"
58 #include "memattr.h"
59 #include "ada-lang.h"
60 #include "top.h"
61 #include "wrapper.h"
62 #include "valprint.h"
63 #include "jit.h"
64 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 #include "parser-defs.h"
66 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
67 #include "continuations.h"
68
69 /* readline include files */
70 #include "readline/readline.h"
71 #include "readline/history.h"
72
73 /* readline defines this. */
74 #undef savestring
75
76 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
77 #include "python/python.h"
78
79 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
80 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
81 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
82
83 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
84
85 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90
91 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92
93 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
94 void *),
95 void *);
96
97 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
98
99 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
100
101 static void clear_command (char *, int);
102
103 static void catch_command (char *, int);
104
105 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
106
107 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
108
109 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
110
111 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
112 static. */
113 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
114 struct symtab_and_line,
115 enum bptype);
116
117 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
118
119 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
120 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
121 enum bptype bptype);
122
123 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
124 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
125 struct obj_section *, int);
126
127 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
128 CORE_ADDR addr1,
129 struct address_space *aspace2,
130 CORE_ADDR addr2);
131
132 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
133 struct bp_location *loc2);
134
135 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
136 struct address_space *aspace,
137 CORE_ADDR addr);
138
139 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
140
141 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
142
143 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
144 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
145
146 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
147
148 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
149
150 static void commands_command (char *, int);
151
152 static void condition_command (char *, int);
153
154 typedef enum
155 {
156 mark_inserted,
157 mark_uninserted
158 }
159 insertion_state_t;
160
161 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
162 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
163
164 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
165
166 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
167
168 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
169
170 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
171
172 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
173
174 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
175
176 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
177
178 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
179
180 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
181
182 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
183
184 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
185
186 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
187
188 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
189
190 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
191 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
192
193 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
194
195 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
196
197 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
198 CORE_ADDR pc);
199
200 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
201 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
202 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
203
204 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
205
206 static void update_global_location_list (int);
207
208 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
209
210 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
211
212 static int is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
213
214 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
215
216 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
217
218 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
219
220 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
221
222 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
223
224 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
225
226 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
227
228 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
229
230 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a
231 static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */
232 #define is_marker_spec(s) \
233 (s != NULL && strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t'))
234
235 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
236 breakpoints share a single command list. */
237 struct counted_command_line
238 {
239 /* The reference count. */
240 int refc;
241
242 /* The command list. */
243 struct command_line *commands;
244 };
245
246 struct command_line *
247 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
248 {
249 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
250 }
251
252 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
253 current breakpoint. */
254
255 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
256
257 const char *
258 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
259 {
260 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
261 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
262 a breakpoint. */
263 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
264
265 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
266 }
267
268 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
269 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
270 if such is available. */
271 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
272
273 static void
274 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
275 struct cmd_list_element *c,
276 const char *value)
277 {
278 fprintf_filtered (file,
279 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
280 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
281 value);
282 }
283
284 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
285 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
286 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
287 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
288 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
289 static void
290 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
291 struct cmd_list_element *c,
292 const char *value)
293 {
294 fprintf_filtered (file,
295 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
296 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
297 value);
298 }
299
300 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
301 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
302 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
303 use hardware breakpoints. */
304 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
305 static void
306 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
307 struct cmd_list_element *c,
308 const char *value)
309 {
310 fprintf_filtered (file,
311 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
312 value);
313 }
314
315 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
316 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
317 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
318 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
319 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
320
321 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
322 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
323 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
324 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
325 always_inserted_auto,
326 always_inserted_off,
327 always_inserted_on,
328 NULL
329 };
330 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
331 static void
332 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
333 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
334 {
335 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
336 fprintf_filtered (file,
337 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
338 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
339 value,
340 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
341 else
342 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
343 value);
344 }
345
346 int
347 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
348 {
349 return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
350 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop));
351 }
352
353 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
354
355 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
356 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
357
358 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
359 static int overlay_events_enabled;
360
361 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
362 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
363
364 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
365 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the
366 current breakpoint. */
367
368 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
369
370 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
371 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
372 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
373 B = TMP)
374
375 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
376 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
377 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
378
379 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
380 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
381 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
382 BP_TMP++)
383
384 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
385
386 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
387 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
388 if (is_tracepoint (B))
389
390 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
391
392 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
393
394 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
395
396 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
397
398 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
399
400 static unsigned bp_location_count;
401
402 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
403 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
404 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
405 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
406 an address you need to read. */
407
408 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
409
410 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
411 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
412 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
413 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
414 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
415
416 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
417
418 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
419 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
420 by a target. */
421 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
422
423 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
424
425 static int breakpoint_count;
426
427 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
428 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
429 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
430 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
431 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
432
433 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
434
435 static int tracepoint_count;
436
437 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
438 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
439 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
440
441 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
442 static int
443 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
444 {
445 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
446 }
447
448 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
449
450 static void
451 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
452 {
453 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
454 breakpoint_count = num;
455 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
456 }
457
458 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
459 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
460 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
461
462 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
463 breakpoint made. */
464
465 void
466 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
467 {
468 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
469 }
470
471 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
472 breakpoint made. */
473
474 void
475 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
476 {
477 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
478 }
479
480 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
481
482 void
483 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
484 {
485 struct breakpoint *b;
486
487 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
488 b->hit_count = 0;
489 }
490
491 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
492 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
493
494 static struct counted_command_line *
495 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
496 {
497 struct counted_command_line *result
498 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
499
500 result->refc = 1;
501 result->commands = commands;
502 return result;
503 }
504
505 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
506
507 static void
508 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
509 {
510 if (cmd)
511 ++cmd->refc;
512 }
513
514 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
515 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
516 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
517
518 static void
519 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
520 {
521 if (*cmdp)
522 {
523 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
524 {
525 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
526 xfree (*cmdp);
527 }
528 *cmdp = NULL;
529 }
530 }
531
532 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
533
534 static void
535 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
536 {
537 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
538 }
539
540 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
541 argument. */
542
543 static struct cleanup *
544 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
545 {
546 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
547 }
548
549 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
550 for "break" command with no arg.
551 If default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
552 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
553
554 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
555
556 int default_breakpoint_valid;
557 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
558 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
559 int default_breakpoint_line;
560 struct program_space *default_breakpoint_pspace;
561
562 \f
563 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
564 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
565
566 struct breakpoint *
567 get_breakpoint (int num)
568 {
569 struct breakpoint *b;
570
571 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
572 if (b->number == num)
573 return b;
574
575 return NULL;
576 }
577
578 \f
579
580 void
581 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
582 int from_tty)
583 {
584 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
585
586 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
587 {
588 xfree (loc->cond);
589 loc->cond = NULL;
590 }
591 xfree (b->cond_string);
592 b->cond_string = NULL;
593 xfree (b->cond_exp);
594 b->cond_exp = NULL;
595
596 if (*exp == 0)
597 {
598 if (from_tty)
599 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
600 }
601 else
602 {
603 char *arg = exp;
604
605 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
606 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
607 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
608 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
609
610 if (is_watchpoint (b))
611 {
612 innermost_block = NULL;
613 arg = exp;
614 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
615 if (*arg)
616 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
617 b->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
618 }
619 else
620 {
621 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
622 {
623 arg = exp;
624 loc->cond =
625 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
626 if (*arg)
627 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
628 }
629 }
630 }
631 breakpoints_changed ();
632 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
633 }
634
635 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
636
637 static void
638 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
639 {
640 struct breakpoint *b;
641 char *p;
642 int bnum;
643
644 if (arg == 0)
645 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
646
647 p = arg;
648 bnum = get_number (&p);
649 if (bnum == 0)
650 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
651
652 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
653 if (b->number == bnum)
654 {
655 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
656 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
657 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
658 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
659 if (b->py_bp_object
660 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
661 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
662 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
663 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
664 return;
665 }
666
667 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
668 }
669
670 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
671 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
672 Throw if any such commands is found. */
673
674 static void
675 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
676 {
677 struct command_line *c;
678
679 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
680 {
681 int i;
682
683 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
684 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
685 "only be used for tracepoints"));
686
687 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
688 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
689
690 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
691 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
692 command directly. */
693 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
694 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
695
696 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
697 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
698 }
699 }
700
701 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
702
703 int
704 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
705 {
706 return (b->type == bp_tracepoint
707 || b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
708 || b->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
709 }
710
711 /* A helper function that validsates that COMMANDS are valid for a
712 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
713 found. */
714
715 static void
716 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
717 struct command_line *commands)
718 {
719 if (is_tracepoint (b))
720 {
721 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
722 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
723 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
724 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
725 struct command_line *c;
726 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
727 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
728 {
729 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
730 {
731 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
732 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
733 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
734 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
735 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
736 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
737
738 if (while_stepping)
739 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
740 "can be used only once"));
741 else
742 while_stepping = c;
743 }
744 }
745 if (while_stepping)
746 {
747 struct command_line *c2;
748
749 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
750 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
751 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
752 {
753 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
754 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
755 }
756 }
757 }
758 else
759 {
760 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
761 }
762 }
763
764 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
765 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
766
767 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
768 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
769 {
770 struct breakpoint *b;
771 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
772 struct bp_location *loc;
773
774 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
775 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
776 {
777 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
778 if (loc->address == addr)
779 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
780 }
781
782 return found;
783 }
784
785 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
786 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
787
788 void
789 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
790 struct command_line *commands)
791 {
792 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
793
794 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
795 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
796 breakpoints_changed ();
797 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
798 }
799
800 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
801 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
802 commands. */
803
804 void
805 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
806 {
807 int old_silent = b->silent;
808
809 b->silent = silent;
810 if (old_silent != silent)
811 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
812 }
813
814 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
815 breakpoint work for any thread. */
816
817 void
818 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
819 {
820 int old_thread = b->thread;
821
822 b->thread = thread;
823 if (old_thread != thread)
824 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
825 }
826
827 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
828 breakpoint work for any task. */
829
830 void
831 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
832 {
833 int old_task = b->task;
834
835 b->task = task;
836 if (old_task != task)
837 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
838 }
839
840 void
841 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
842 {
843 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
844
845 validate_actionline (&line, b);
846 }
847
848 /* A structure used to pass information through
849 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
850
851 struct commands_info
852 {
853 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
854 int from_tty;
855
856 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
857 char *arg;
858
859 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
860 already-parsed command. */
861 struct command_line *control;
862
863 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
864 yet been read. */
865 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
866 };
867
868 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
869 commands_command. */
870
871 static void
872 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
873 {
874 struct commands_info *info = data;
875
876 if (info->cmd == NULL)
877 {
878 struct command_line *l;
879
880 if (info->control != NULL)
881 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
882 else
883 {
884 struct cleanup *old_chain;
885 char *str;
886
887 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
888 "%s, one per line."),
889 info->arg);
890
891 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
892
893 l = read_command_lines (str,
894 info->from_tty, 1,
895 (is_tracepoint (b)
896 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
897 b);
898
899 do_cleanups (old_chain);
900 }
901
902 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
903 }
904
905 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
906 do anything. */
907 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
908 {
909 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
910 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
911 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
912 b->commands = info->cmd;
913 breakpoints_changed ();
914 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
915 }
916 }
917
918 static void
919 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
920 struct command_line *control)
921 {
922 struct cleanup *cleanups;
923 struct commands_info info;
924
925 info.from_tty = from_tty;
926 info.control = control;
927 info.cmd = NULL;
928 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
929 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
930 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
931
932 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
933 {
934 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
935 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
936 breakpoint_count);
937 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
938 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
939 else
940 {
941 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
942 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
943 numbers will fail in this case. */
944 arg = NULL;
945 }
946 }
947 else
948 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
949 our argument. */
950 arg = xstrdup (arg);
951
952 if (arg != NULL)
953 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
954
955 info.arg = arg;
956
957 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
958
959 if (info.cmd == NULL)
960 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
961
962 do_cleanups (cleanups);
963 }
964
965 static void
966 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
967 {
968 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
969 }
970
971 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
972 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
973
974 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
975 that are part of if and while bodies. */
976 enum command_control_type
977 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
978 {
979 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
980 return simple_control;
981 }
982
983 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
984
985 static int
986 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
987 {
988 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
989 return 0;
990 if (!bl->inserted)
991 return 0;
992 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
993 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
994 return 0;
995 return 1;
996 }
997
998 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
999 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1000
1001 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1002 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1003 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1004 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1005 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1006 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1007 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1008 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1009 and:
1010 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1011
1012 void
1013 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1014 {
1015 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1016 search. */
1017 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1018
1019 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1020 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1021 report higher one. */
1022
1023 bc_l = 0;
1024 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1025 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1026 {
1027 struct bp_location *bl;
1028
1029 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1030 bl = bp_location[bc];
1031
1032 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1033 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1034 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1035 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1036
1037 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1038 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1039 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1040
1041 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1042 >= bl->address)
1043 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1044 <= memaddr))
1045 bc_l = bc;
1046 else
1047 bc_r = bc;
1048 }
1049
1050 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1051 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1052 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1053 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1054 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1055 B:
1056
1057 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1058
1059 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1060 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1061 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1062 and L2. */
1063 while (bc_l > 0
1064 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1065 bc_l--;
1066
1067 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1068
1069 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1070 {
1071 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1072 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1073 int bp_size = 0;
1074 int bptoffset = 0;
1075
1076 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1077 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1078 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1079 bl->owner->number);
1080
1081 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
1082 content. */
1083
1084 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1085 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1086 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1087 break;
1088
1089 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1090 continue;
1091 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1092 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1093 continue;
1094
1095 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1096 we need to copy. */
1097 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1098 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1099
1100 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1101 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1102 are reading. */
1103 continue;
1104
1105 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1106 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1107 reading. */
1108 continue;
1109
1110 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1111 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1112 {
1113 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1114 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1115 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1116 bp_addr = memaddr;
1117 }
1118
1119 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1120 {
1121 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1122 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1123 }
1124
1125 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1126 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1127 }
1128 }
1129 \f
1130
1131 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1132
1133 static int
1134 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1135 {
1136 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1137 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1138 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1139 }
1140
1141 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1142 software. */
1143
1144 static int
1145 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1146 {
1147 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1148 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1149 }
1150
1151 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
1152 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
1153 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
1154 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
1155 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
1156 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1157 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1158 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1159 running. */
1160
1161 static int
1162 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint *b)
1163 {
1164 return (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1165 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1166 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid)));
1167 }
1168
1169 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1170 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1171
1172 static void
1173 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct breakpoint *b)
1174 {
1175 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b));
1176
1177 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1178 {
1179 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1180 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1181 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1182 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1183 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1184 }
1185 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1186 }
1187
1188 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1189 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1190 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1191 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1192 in b->loc->cond.
1193 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1194
1195 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1196 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1197 it.
1198
1199 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1200 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1201 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1202 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1203 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1204 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1205 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1206 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1207
1208 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1209 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1210 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1211 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1212 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1213 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1214 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1215 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1216 not changed.
1217
1218 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1219 hardware watchpoints:
1220
1221 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1222 called several times when GDB stops.
1223
1224 [linux]
1225 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1226 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1227 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1228 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1229 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1230 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1231 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1232 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1233 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1234 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1235 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1236
1237 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1238 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1239
1240 static void
1241 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse)
1242 {
1243 int within_current_scope;
1244 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1245 int frame_saved;
1246
1247 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b));
1248
1249 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1250 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1251 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1252 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1253 return;
1254
1255 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1256 return;
1257
1258 frame_saved = 0;
1259
1260 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1261 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1262 within_current_scope = 1;
1263 else
1264 {
1265 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1266 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1267 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1268
1269 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1270 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1271 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1272 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1273 return;
1274
1275 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1276 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1277 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1278 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1279 selected frame. */
1280 frame_saved = 1;
1281 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1282
1283 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1284 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1285 if (within_current_scope)
1286 select_frame (fi);
1287 }
1288
1289 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1290 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1291 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1292 b->loc = NULL;
1293
1294 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1295 {
1296 char *s;
1297
1298 if (b->exp)
1299 {
1300 xfree (b->exp);
1301 b->exp = NULL;
1302 }
1303 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1304 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1305 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1306 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1307 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1308 be completely different objects. */
1309 value_free (b->val);
1310 b->val = NULL;
1311 b->val_valid = 0;
1312
1313 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1314 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1315 locations (re)created below. */
1316 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1317 {
1318 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1319 {
1320 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1321 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1322 }
1323
1324 s = b->cond_string;
1325 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1326 }
1327 }
1328
1329 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1330 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1331 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1332 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1333 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1334 if ( !target_has_execution)
1335 {
1336 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1337 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1338 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1339 }
1340 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1341 {
1342 int pc = 0;
1343 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1344 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1345
1346 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1347
1348 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1349 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1350 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1351 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1352 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1353 watchpoints. */
1354 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (b))
1355 {
1356 b->val = v;
1357 b->val_valid = 1;
1358 }
1359
1360 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1361
1362 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1363 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1364 {
1365 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1366 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1367 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1368 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1369 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1370 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1371 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1372 {
1373 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1374
1375 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1376 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1377 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1378 if (v == result
1379 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1380 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1381 {
1382 CORE_ADDR addr;
1383 int len, type;
1384 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1385
1386 addr = value_address (v);
1387 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1388 type = hw_write;
1389 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1390 type = hw_read;
1391 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1392 type = hw_access;
1393
1394 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1395 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1396 ;
1397 *tmp = loc;
1398 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1399
1400 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1401 loc->address = addr;
1402 loc->length = len;
1403 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1404 }
1405 }
1406 }
1407
1408 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1409 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1410 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1411 is started. */
1412 if (reparse)
1413 {
1414 int reg_cnt;
1415 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1416 struct bp_location *bl;
1417
1418 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1419
1420 if (reg_cnt)
1421 {
1422 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1423
1424 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1425 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1426 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1427
1428 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1429 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1430 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1431 this watchpoint in as well. To guarantee the
1432 hw_watchpoint_used_count call below counts this
1433 watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a hardware
1434 watchpoint. */
1435 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
1436 b->type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1437
1438 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (b->type, &other_type_used);
1439 target_resources_ok = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1440 (b->type, i, other_type_used);
1441 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1442 {
1443 /* If there's no works_in_software_mode method, we
1444 assume that the watchpoint works in software mode. */
1445 int sw_mode = (!b->ops || !b->ops->works_in_software_mode
1446 || b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b));
1447
1448 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1449 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1450 "hardware watchpoint."));
1451 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1452 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1453 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1454 else
1455 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1456 }
1457 }
1458 else if (b->ops && b->ops->works_in_software_mode
1459 && !b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1460 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1461 "read/access watchpoint."));
1462 else
1463 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1464
1465 loc_type = (b->type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1466 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1467 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1468 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1469 }
1470
1471 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1472 {
1473 next = value_next (v);
1474 if (v != b->val)
1475 value_free (v);
1476 }
1477
1478 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1479 above left it without any location set up. But,
1480 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1481 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1482 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL)
1483 {
1484 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1485 b->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1486 b->loc->address = -1;
1487 b->loc->length = -1;
1488 b->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1489 }
1490 }
1491 else if (!within_current_scope)
1492 {
1493 printf_filtered (_("\
1494 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1495 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1496 b->number);
1497 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1498 }
1499
1500 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1501 if (frame_saved)
1502 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1503 }
1504
1505
1506 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1507 inserted in the inferior. */
1508 static int
1509 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1510 {
1511 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1512 return 0;
1513
1514 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1515 return 0;
1516
1517 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1518 return 0;
1519
1520 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1521 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1522 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1523 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1524 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1525 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1526 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1527 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1528 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1529 return 0;
1530
1531 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1532 not by us. */
1533 if (is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
1534 return 0;
1535
1536 return 1;
1537 }
1538
1539 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1540 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1541 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1542
1543 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1544 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1545 static int
1546 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
1547 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1548 int *disabled_breaks,
1549 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1550 {
1551 int val = 0;
1552
1553 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1554 return 0;
1555
1556 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1557 memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
1558 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
1559 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
1560 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
1561
1562 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1563 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1564 {
1565 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1566 {
1567 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1568 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1569 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1570
1571 Two important cases are:
1572 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1573 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1574 hardware breakpoint.
1575 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1576 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1577 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1578 so we undo.
1579
1580 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1581 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1582 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1583 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1584 gdb. */
1585 struct mem_region *mr
1586 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
1587
1588 if (mr)
1589 {
1590 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1591 {
1592 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1593
1594 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1595 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1596 else
1597 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1598
1599 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
1600 {
1601 static int said = 0;
1602
1603 bl->loc_type = new_type;
1604 if (!said)
1605 {
1606 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
1607 _("Note: automatically using "
1608 "hardware breakpoints for "
1609 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1610 said = 1;
1611 }
1612 }
1613 }
1614 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1615 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1616 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1617 "at readonly address %s"),
1618 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
1619 }
1620 }
1621
1622 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1623 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1624 || bl->section == NULL
1625 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
1626 {
1627 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1628
1629 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1630 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1631 &bl->target_info);
1632 else
1633 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1634 &bl->target_info);
1635 }
1636 else
1637 {
1638 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1639 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1640 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1641 {
1642 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1643 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1644 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1645 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1646 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1647 bl->owner->number);
1648 else
1649 {
1650 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
1651 bl->section);
1652 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1653 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
1654 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1655 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1656 &bl->overlay_target_info);
1657 if (val != 0)
1658 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1659 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1660 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1661 bl->owner->number);
1662 }
1663 }
1664 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1665 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
1666 {
1667 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1668 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1669 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1670 &bl->target_info);
1671 else
1672 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1673 &bl->target_info);
1674 }
1675 else
1676 {
1677 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1678 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1679 return 0;
1680 }
1681 }
1682
1683 if (val)
1684 {
1685 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1686 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
1687 {
1688 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1689 val = 0;
1690 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
1691 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
1692 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1693 {
1694 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1695 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1696 bl->owner->number);
1697 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1698 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1699 "library breakpoints:\n");
1700 }
1701 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1702 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1703 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
1704 }
1705 else
1706 {
1707 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1708 {
1709 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1710 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1711 "Cannot insert hardware "
1712 "breakpoint %d.\n",
1713 bl->owner->number);
1714 }
1715 else
1716 {
1717 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1718 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1719 bl->owner->number);
1720 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1721 "Error accessing memory address ");
1722 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
1723 tmp_error_stream);
1724 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1725 safe_strerror (val));
1726 }
1727
1728 }
1729 }
1730 else
1731 bl->inserted = 1;
1732
1733 return val;
1734 }
1735
1736 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1737 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1738 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1739 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1740 {
1741 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1742 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1743
1744 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1745
1746 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1747 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1748 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1749 {
1750 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1751
1752 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1753 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1754 of this one. */
1755 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1756 if (loc != bl
1757 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1758 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
1759 {
1760 bl->duplicate = 1;
1761 bl->inserted = 1;
1762 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
1763 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1764 val = 0;
1765 break;
1766 }
1767
1768 if (val == 1)
1769 {
1770 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1771 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1772
1773 if (val)
1774 /* Back to the original value. */
1775 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
1776 }
1777 }
1778
1779 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1780 }
1781
1782 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1783 {
1784 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1785 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1786
1787 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1788 if (val)
1789 {
1790 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1791
1792 if (val == 1)
1793 warning (_("\
1794 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1795 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
1796 else
1797 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
1798 }
1799
1800 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1801
1802 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1803 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1804 so just return success. */
1805 return 0;
1806 }
1807
1808 return 0;
1809 }
1810
1811 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1812 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1813 PSPACE anymore. */
1814
1815 void
1816 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1817 {
1818 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1819 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1820
1821 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1823 {
1824 if (b->pspace == pspace)
1825 delete_breakpoint (b);
1826 }
1827
1828 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1829 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1830 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1831 {
1832 struct bp_location *tmp;
1833
1834 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1835 {
1836 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1837 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1838 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1839 else
1840 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1841 if (tmp->next == loc)
1842 {
1843 tmp->next = loc->next;
1844 break;
1845 }
1846 }
1847 }
1848
1849 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1850 removed locations above. */
1851 update_global_location_list (0);
1852 }
1853
1854 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1855 Throws exception on any error.
1856 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1857 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1858 void
1859 insert_breakpoints (void)
1860 {
1861 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1862
1863 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1864 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1865 update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1866
1867 update_global_location_list (1);
1868
1869 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1870 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1871 now. */
1872 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1873 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1874 }
1875
1876 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1877 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1878 Both return zero if successful,
1879 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1880
1881 static void
1882 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1883 {
1884 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1885 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1886 int error = 0;
1887 int val = 0;
1888 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1889 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1890
1891 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1892 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1893
1894 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1895 there was an error. */
1896 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1897
1898 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1899
1900 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
1901 {
1902 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1903 continue;
1904
1905 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
1906 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
1907 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1908 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
1909 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
1910 continue;
1911
1912 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
1913
1914 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1915 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1916 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1917 insert breakpoints. */
1918 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
1919 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
1920 continue;
1921
1922 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
1923 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1924 if (val)
1925 error = val;
1926 }
1927
1928 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
1929 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1931 {
1932 int some_failed = 0;
1933 struct bp_location *loc;
1934
1935 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1936 continue;
1937
1938 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
1939 continue;
1940
1941 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1942 continue;
1943
1944 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1945 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
1946 {
1947 some_failed = 1;
1948 break;
1949 }
1950 if (some_failed)
1951 {
1952 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1953 if (loc->inserted)
1954 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
1955
1956 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1957 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1958 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1959 bpt->number);
1960 error = -1;
1961 }
1962 }
1963
1964 if (error)
1965 {
1966 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1967 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1968 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1969 {
1970 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1971 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1972 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1973 }
1974 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1975 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1976 }
1977
1978 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1979 }
1980
1981 int
1982 remove_breakpoints (void)
1983 {
1984 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1985 int val = 0;
1986
1987 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
1988 {
1989 if (bl->inserted)
1990 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
1991 }
1992 return val;
1993 }
1994
1995 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1996
1997 int
1998 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
1999 {
2000 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2001 int val;
2002 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2003
2004 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2005 {
2006 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2007 continue;
2008
2009 if (bl->inserted)
2010 {
2011 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2012 if (val != 0)
2013 return val;
2014 }
2015 }
2016 return 0;
2017 }
2018
2019 int
2020 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2021 {
2022 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2023 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2024 int val;
2025 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2026 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2027 struct inferior *inf;
2028 struct thread_info *tp;
2029
2030 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2031 if (tp == NULL)
2032 return 1;
2033
2034 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2035 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2036
2037 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2038
2039 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2040 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2041
2042 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2043 {
2044 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2045 continue;
2046
2047 if (bl->inserted)
2048 {
2049 bl->inserted = 0;
2050 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2051 if (val != 0)
2052 {
2053 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2054 return val;
2055 }
2056 }
2057 }
2058 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2059 return 0;
2060 }
2061
2062 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2063
2064 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2065 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2066 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2067 Otherwis the breakpoint number will be populated from
2068 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2069 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2070 static void
2071 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2072 {
2073 if (internal)
2074 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2075 else
2076 {
2077 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2078 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2079 }
2080 }
2081
2082 static struct breakpoint *
2083 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2084 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
2085 {
2086 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2087 struct breakpoint *b;
2088
2089 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2090
2091 sal.pc = address;
2092 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2093 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2094
2095 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
2096 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2097 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2098
2099 return b;
2100 }
2101
2102 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2103 {
2104 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2105 };
2106 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2107
2108 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2109 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2110 {
2111 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2112 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2113
2114 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2115 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2116
2117 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2118 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2119
2120 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2121 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2122 };
2123
2124 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2125
2126 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2127 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2128
2129 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2130
2131 static int
2132 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2133 {
2134 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2135 }
2136
2137 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2138 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2139
2140 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2141 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2142 {
2143 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2144
2145 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2146 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2147 {
2148 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2149 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2150
2151 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2152 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2153 }
2154 return bp_objfile_data;
2155 }
2156
2157 static void
2158 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2159 {
2160 struct objfile *objfile;
2161 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2162
2163 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2164 {
2165 struct breakpoint *b;
2166 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2167 CORE_ADDR addr;
2168
2169 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2170
2171 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2172 continue;
2173
2174 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2175 {
2176 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2177
2178 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2179 if (m == NULL)
2180 {
2181 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2182 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2183 continue;
2184 }
2185 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2186 }
2187
2188 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2189 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2190 bp_overlay_event);
2191 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2192
2193 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2194 {
2195 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2196 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2197 }
2198 else
2199 {
2200 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2201 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2202 }
2203 }
2204 update_global_location_list (1);
2205 }
2206
2207 static void
2208 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2209 {
2210 struct program_space *pspace;
2211 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2212
2213 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2214
2215 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2216 {
2217 struct objfile *objfile;
2218
2219 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2220
2221 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2222 {
2223 int i;
2224 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2225 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2226
2227 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2228 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2229 continue;
2230
2231 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2232
2233 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2234 {
2235 struct breakpoint *b;
2236 const char *func_name;
2237 CORE_ADDR addr;
2238
2239 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2240 continue;
2241
2242 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2243 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2244 {
2245 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2246
2247 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2248 if (m == NULL)
2249 {
2250 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2251 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2252 continue;
2253 }
2254 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2255 }
2256
2257 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2258 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master);
2259 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2260 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2261 }
2262 }
2263 }
2264 update_global_location_list (1);
2265
2266 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2267 }
2268
2269 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2270 static void
2271 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2272 {
2273 struct program_space *pspace;
2274 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2275 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2276
2277 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2278
2279 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2280 {
2281 struct objfile *objfile;
2282 CORE_ADDR addr;
2283
2284 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2285
2286 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2287 {
2288 struct breakpoint *b;
2289 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2290
2291 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2292
2293 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2294 continue;
2295
2296 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2297 {
2298 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2299
2300 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2301 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2302 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2303 {
2304 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2305 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2306 continue;
2307 }
2308 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2309 }
2310
2311 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2312 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2313 bp_std_terminate_master);
2314 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2315 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2316 }
2317 }
2318
2319 update_global_location_list (1);
2320
2321 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2322 }
2323
2324 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2325
2326 void
2327 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2328 {
2329 struct objfile *objfile;
2330 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2331
2332 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2333 {
2334 struct breakpoint *b;
2335 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2336 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2337 CORE_ADDR addr;
2338
2339 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2340
2341 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2342 continue;
2343
2344 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2345
2346 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2347 {
2348 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2349
2350 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2351 if (debug_hook == NULL)
2352 {
2353 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2354 continue;
2355 }
2356
2357 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2358 }
2359
2360 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2361 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2362 &current_target);
2363 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master);
2364 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2365 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2366 }
2367
2368 update_global_location_list (1);
2369 }
2370
2371 void
2372 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2373 {
2374 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2375 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2376
2377 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2378 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2379 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2380 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2381 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2382 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2383 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2384 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2385 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2386 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2387 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2388
2389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2390 {
2391 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2392 continue;
2393
2394 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2395 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2396 {
2397 delete_breakpoint (b);
2398 continue;
2399 }
2400
2401 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2402 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2403 {
2404 delete_breakpoint (b);
2405 continue;
2406 }
2407
2408 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2409 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2410 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2411 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
2412 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
2413 {
2414 delete_breakpoint (b);
2415 continue;
2416 }
2417
2418 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2419 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
2420 {
2421 delete_breakpoint (b);
2422 continue;
2423 }
2424
2425 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2426 after an exec. */
2427 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
2428 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
2429 {
2430 delete_breakpoint (b);
2431 continue;
2432 }
2433
2434 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2435 {
2436 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2437 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2438 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2439 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2440 continue;
2441 }
2442
2443 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2444 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2445 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2446 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2447 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2448 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2449
2450 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2451 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2452 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2453 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2454 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2455 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2456 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2457
2458 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
2459 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2460 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2461 let finish_command delete it.
2462
2463 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2464 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2465 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2466 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2467 solib breakpoints.) */
2468
2469 if (b->type == bp_finish)
2470 {
2471 continue;
2472 }
2473
2474 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2475 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2476 a.out. */
2477 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2478 {
2479 delete_breakpoint (b);
2480 continue;
2481 }
2482 }
2483 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2484 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2485 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2486 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2487 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2488 }
2489
2490 int
2491 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2492 {
2493 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2494 int val = 0;
2495 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2496 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2497
2498 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2499 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2500
2501 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2502 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2503 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2504 {
2505 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2506 continue;
2507
2508 if (bl->inserted)
2509 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
2510 }
2511
2512 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2513 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2514
2515 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2516 return val;
2517 }
2518
2519 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2520 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2521 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2522 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2523 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2524
2525 static int
2526 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2527 {
2528 int val;
2529
2530 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2531 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2532
2533 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2534 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2535 return 0;
2536
2537 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2538 This should not ever happen. */
2539 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2540
2541 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2542 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2543 {
2544 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2545 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2546 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2547
2548 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2549 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2550 || bl->section == NULL
2551 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2552 {
2553 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2554
2555 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2556 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
2557 else
2558 val = target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
2559 }
2560 else
2561 {
2562 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2563 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2564 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2565 {
2566 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2567 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2568 */
2569 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2570 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2571 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2572 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2573 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2574 else
2575 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2576 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2577 }
2578 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2579 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2580 if (bl->inserted)
2581 {
2582 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2583 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2584 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2585 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2586 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2587 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2588 &bl->target_info);
2589
2590 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2591 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2592 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2593 else if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2594 val = target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2595 &bl->target_info);
2596 else
2597 val = 0;
2598 }
2599 else
2600 {
2601 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2602 val = 0;
2603 }
2604 }
2605
2606 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2607 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2608 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2609 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2610 val = 0;
2611
2612 if (val)
2613 return val;
2614 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2615 }
2616 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2617 {
2618 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2619 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2620
2621 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2622 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2623
2624 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2625 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
2626 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2627 bl->owner->number);
2628 }
2629 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2630 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2631 && !bl->duplicate)
2632 {
2633 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2634 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2635
2636 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2637 if (val)
2638 return val;
2639
2640 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2641 }
2642
2643 return 0;
2644 }
2645
2646 static int
2647 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2648 {
2649 int ret;
2650 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2651
2652 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2653 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2654
2655 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2656 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2657 return 0;
2658
2659 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2660 This should not ever happen. */
2661 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2662
2663 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2664
2665 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2666
2667 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
2668
2669 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2670 return ret;
2671 }
2672
2673 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2674
2675 void
2676 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2677 {
2678 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2679
2680 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2681 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
2682 bl->inserted = 0;
2683 }
2684
2685 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2686 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2687
2688 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2689 between runs.
2690
2691 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2692 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2693 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2694
2695
2696
2697 void
2698 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2699 {
2700 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2701 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2702 int ix;
2703 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2704
2705 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2706 nothing to do. */
2707 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2708 return;
2709
2710 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2711 {
2712 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2713 if (bl->pspace == pspace
2714 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2715 bl->inserted = 0;
2716 }
2717
2718 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2719 {
2720 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2721 continue;
2722
2723 switch (b->type)
2724 {
2725 case bp_call_dummy:
2726
2727 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2728 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2729 rid of it. */
2730
2731 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2732
2733 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2734
2735 case bp_shlib_event:
2736
2737 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2738 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2739 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2740 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2741 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2742
2743 (gdb) file prog-linux
2744 (gdb) run # native linux target
2745 ...
2746 (gdb) kill
2747 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2748 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2749 */
2750
2751 delete_breakpoint (b);
2752 break;
2753
2754 case bp_watchpoint:
2755 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2756 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2757 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2758
2759 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2760 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2761 delete_breakpoint (b);
2762 else if (context == inf_starting)
2763 {
2764 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2765 insert_breakpoints. */
2766 if (b->val)
2767 value_free (b->val);
2768 b->val = NULL;
2769 b->val_valid = 0;
2770 }
2771 break;
2772 default:
2773 break;
2774 }
2775 }
2776
2777 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2778 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
2779 decref_bp_location (&bl);
2780 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2781 }
2782
2783 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2784 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2785 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2786 match, not program space. */
2787
2788 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2789 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2790 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2791 permanent breakpoint.
2792 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2793 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2794 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2795 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2796 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2797
2798 enum breakpoint_here
2799 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2800 {
2801 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2802 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2803
2804 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2805 {
2806 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2807 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2808 continue;
2809
2810 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2811 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2812 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2813 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2814 {
2815 if (overlay_debugging
2816 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2817 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2818 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2819 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2820 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2821 else
2822 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2823 }
2824 }
2825
2826 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2827 }
2828
2829 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2830
2831 int
2832 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2833 {
2834 struct bp_location *loc;
2835 int ix;
2836
2837 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2838 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
2839 return 1;
2840
2841 return 0;
2842 }
2843
2844 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2845 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2846 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2847 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2848
2849 int
2850 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2851 CORE_ADDR pc)
2852 {
2853 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2854
2855 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2856 {
2857 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2858 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2859 continue;
2860
2861 if (bl->inserted
2862 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2863 {
2864 if (overlay_debugging
2865 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2866 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2867 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2868 else
2869 return 1;
2870 }
2871 }
2872 return 0;
2873 }
2874
2875 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2876 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2877
2878 int
2879 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2880 {
2881 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2882 return 1;
2883
2884 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2885 return 1;
2886
2887 return 0;
2888 }
2889
2890 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2891 inserted at PC. */
2892
2893 int
2894 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2895 CORE_ADDR pc)
2896 {
2897 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2898
2899 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2900 {
2901 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
2902 continue;
2903
2904 if (bl->inserted
2905 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
2906 aspace, pc))
2907 {
2908 if (overlay_debugging
2909 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2910 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2911 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2912 else
2913 return 1;
2914 }
2915 }
2916
2917 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2918 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2919 return 1;
2920
2921 return 0;
2922 }
2923
2924 int
2925 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
2926 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
2927 {
2928 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2929
2930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2931 {
2932 struct bp_location *loc;
2933
2934 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2935 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
2936 continue;
2937
2938 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2939 continue;
2940
2941 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2942 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
2943 {
2944 CORE_ADDR l, h;
2945
2946 /* Check for intersection. */
2947 l = max (loc->address, addr);
2948 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
2949 if (l < h)
2950 return 1;
2951 }
2952 }
2953 return 0;
2954 }
2955
2956 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2957 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2958
2959 int
2960 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
2961 ptid_t ptid)
2962 {
2963 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2964 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2965 int thread = -1;
2966 int task = 0;
2967
2968 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2969 {
2970 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2971 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2972 continue;
2973
2974 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2975 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2976 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2977 continue;
2978
2979 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2980 continue;
2981
2982 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
2983 {
2984 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2985 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2986 it is now time to do so. */
2987 if (thread == -1)
2988 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2989 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
2990 continue;
2991 }
2992
2993 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
2994 {
2995 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2996 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2997 it is now time to do so. */
2998 if (task == 0)
2999 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3000 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3001 continue;
3002 }
3003
3004 if (overlay_debugging
3005 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3006 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3007 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3008
3009 return 1;
3010 }
3011
3012 return 0;
3013 }
3014 \f
3015
3016 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3017 in breakpoint.h. */
3018
3019 int
3020 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3021 {
3022 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3023 }
3024
3025 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3026 'next' chain. */
3027
3028 static void
3029 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3030 {
3031 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3032 value_free (bs->old_val);
3033 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3034 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3035 xfree (bs);
3036 }
3037
3038 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3039 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3040
3041 void
3042 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3043 {
3044 bpstat p;
3045 bpstat q;
3046
3047 if (bsp == 0)
3048 return;
3049 p = *bsp;
3050 while (p != NULL)
3051 {
3052 q = p->next;
3053 bpstat_free (p);
3054 p = q;
3055 }
3056 *bsp = NULL;
3057 }
3058
3059 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3060 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3061
3062 bpstat
3063 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3064 {
3065 bpstat p = NULL;
3066 bpstat tmp;
3067 bpstat retval = NULL;
3068
3069 if (bs == NULL)
3070 return bs;
3071
3072 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3073 {
3074 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3075 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3076 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3077 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3078 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3079 {
3080 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3081 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3082 }
3083
3084 if (p == NULL)
3085 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3086 retval = tmp;
3087 else
3088 p->next = tmp;
3089 p = tmp;
3090 }
3091 p->next = NULL;
3092 return retval;
3093 }
3094
3095 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3096
3097 bpstat
3098 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3099 {
3100 if (bsp == NULL)
3101 return NULL;
3102
3103 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3104 {
3105 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3106 return bsp;
3107 }
3108 return NULL;
3109 }
3110
3111 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3112 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3113 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3114 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3115
3116 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3117 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3118 we set it.
3119 Return 1 otherwise. */
3120
3121 int
3122 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3123 {
3124 struct breakpoint *b;
3125
3126 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3127 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3128
3129 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3130 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3131 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3132 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3133 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3134 if (b == NULL)
3135 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3136
3137 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3138 return 1;
3139 }
3140
3141 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
3142
3143 void
3144 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
3145 {
3146 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3147 {
3148 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3149 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3150 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3151 {
3152 value_free (bs->old_val);
3153 bs->old_val = NULL;
3154 }
3155 }
3156 }
3157
3158 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3159
3160 static void
3161 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3162 {
3163 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3164 {
3165 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3166
3167 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3168 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3169 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3170 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3171 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3172 return;
3173 }
3174
3175 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3176 }
3177
3178 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3179 command. */
3180 static void
3181 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3182 {
3183 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3184 }
3185
3186 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3187 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3188 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3189 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3190
3191 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3192 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3193 bpstat of the current thread. */
3194
3195 static int
3196 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3197 {
3198 bpstat bs;
3199 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3200 int again = 0;
3201
3202 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3203 in bs->commands. */
3204 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3205 return 0;
3206
3207 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3208 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3209
3210 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3211
3212 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3213 bs = *bsp;
3214
3215 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3216 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3217 {
3218 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3219 struct command_line *cmd;
3220 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3221
3222 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3223
3224 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3225 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3226 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3227 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3228 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3229 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3230 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3231 the tree when we're done. */
3232 ccmd = bs->commands;
3233 bs->commands = NULL;
3234 this_cmd_tree_chain
3235 = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3236 cmd = bs->commands_left;
3237 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3238
3239 while (cmd != NULL)
3240 {
3241 execute_control_command (cmd);
3242
3243 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3244 break;
3245 else
3246 cmd = cmd->next;
3247 }
3248
3249 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3250 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3251
3252 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3253 {
3254 if (target_can_async_p ())
3255 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3256 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3257 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3258 ;
3259 else
3260 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3261 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3262 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3263 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3264 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3265 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3266 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3267 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3268 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3269 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3270 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3271 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3272 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3273 again = 1;
3274 break;
3275 }
3276 }
3277 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3278 return again;
3279 }
3280
3281 void
3282 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3283 {
3284 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3285 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3286 && target_has_execution
3287 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3288 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3289 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3290 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3291 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3292 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3293 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3294 break;
3295 }
3296
3297 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3298
3299 static void
3300 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3301 {
3302 if (val == NULL)
3303 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3304 else
3305 {
3306 struct value_print_options opts;
3307 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3308 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3309 }
3310 }
3311
3312 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
3313 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
3314 by having it set different print_it values.
3315
3316 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
3317 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
3318 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
3319 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
3320 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
3321
3322 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
3323 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
3324 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
3325 don't print anything else.
3326 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
3327 that something to be followed by a location.
3328 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
3329 that something to be followed by a location.
3330 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
3331 analysis. */
3332
3333 static enum print_stop_action
3334 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
3335 {
3336 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3337 struct breakpoint *b;
3338 const struct bp_location *bl;
3339 struct ui_stream *stb;
3340 int bp_temp = 0;
3341 enum print_stop_action result;
3342
3343 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
3344
3345 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3346 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3347
3348 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3349 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3350
3351 switch (b->type)
3352 {
3353 case bp_breakpoint:
3354 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3355 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
3356 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
3357 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
3358 bl->address,
3359 b->number, 1);
3360 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
3361 if (bp_temp)
3362 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
3363 else
3364 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
3365 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3366 {
3367 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
3368 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
3369 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
3370 }
3371 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
3372 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
3373 result = PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3374 break;
3375
3376 case bp_shlib_event:
3377 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
3378 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
3379 to shlib event" message.) */
3380 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3381 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3382 break;
3383
3384 case bp_thread_event:
3385 /* Not sure how we will get here.
3386 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
3387 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3388 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3389 break;
3390
3391 case bp_overlay_event:
3392 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
3393 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3394 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3395 break;
3396
3397 case bp_longjmp_master:
3398 /* These should never be enabled. */
3399 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3400 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3401 break;
3402
3403 case bp_std_terminate_master:
3404 /* These should never be enabled. */
3405 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
3406 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3407 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3408 break;
3409
3410 case bp_exception_master:
3411 /* These should never be enabled. */
3412 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
3413 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3414 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3415 break;
3416
3417 case bp_watchpoint:
3418 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3419 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
3420 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3421 ui_out_field_string
3422 (uiout, "reason",
3423 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3424 mention (b);
3425 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3426 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
3427 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
3428 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
3429 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
3430 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3431 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
3432 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3433 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
3434 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3435 break;
3436
3437 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3438 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3439 ui_out_field_string
3440 (uiout, "reason",
3441 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3442 mention (b);
3443 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3444 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
3445 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3446 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
3447 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3448 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3449 break;
3450
3451 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3452 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3453 {
3454 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
3455 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3456 ui_out_field_string
3457 (uiout, "reason",
3458 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3459 mention (b);
3460 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3461 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
3462 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
3463 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
3464 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
3465 }
3466 else
3467 {
3468 mention (b);
3469 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3470 ui_out_field_string
3471 (uiout, "reason",
3472 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3473 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3474 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
3475 }
3476 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3477 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
3478 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3479 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3480 break;
3481
3482 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
3483 here. */
3484
3485 case bp_finish:
3486 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3487 ui_out_field_string
3488 (uiout, "reason",
3489 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
3490 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3491 break;
3492
3493 case bp_until:
3494 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3495 ui_out_field_string
3496 (uiout, "reason",
3497 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
3498 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3499 break;
3500
3501 case bp_none:
3502 case bp_longjmp:
3503 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3504 case bp_exception:
3505 case bp_exception_resume:
3506 case bp_step_resume:
3507 case bp_hp_step_resume:
3508 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3509 case bp_call_dummy:
3510 case bp_std_terminate:
3511 case bp_tracepoint:
3512 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
3513 case bp_jit_event:
3514 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
3515 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
3516 default:
3517 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3518 break;
3519 }
3520
3521 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3522 return result;
3523 }
3524
3525 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3526 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3527 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3528 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3529 normal_stop(). */
3530
3531 static enum print_stop_action
3532 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3533 {
3534 switch (bs->print_it)
3535 {
3536 case print_it_noop:
3537 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3538 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3539 break;
3540
3541 case print_it_done:
3542 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3543 relevant messages. */
3544 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3545 break;
3546
3547 case print_it_normal:
3548 {
3549 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3550
3551 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3552 which has since been deleted. */
3553 if (b == NULL)
3554 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3555
3556 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3557 print_it_typical. */
3558 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
3559 return b->ops->print_it (b);
3560 else
3561 return print_it_typical (bs);
3562 }
3563 break;
3564
3565 default:
3566 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3567 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3568 break;
3569 }
3570 }
3571
3572 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3573 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3574 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3575 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3576 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3577 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3578 routine is one of:
3579
3580 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3581 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3582 code to print the location. An example is
3583 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3584 the location.
3585 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3586 to also print the location part of the message.
3587 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3588 don't require a location appended to the end.
3589 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3590 further info to be printed. */
3591
3592 enum print_stop_action
3593 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
3594 {
3595 int val;
3596
3597 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3598 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3599 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3600 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3601 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3602 {
3603 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3604 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3605 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3606 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3607 return val;
3608 }
3609
3610 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3611 with and nothing was printed. */
3612 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3613 }
3614
3615 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3616 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3617 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3618 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3619
3620 static int
3621 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3622 {
3623 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3624 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3625
3626 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3627 return i;
3628 }
3629
3630 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3631
3632 static bpstat
3633 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
3634 {
3635 bpstat bs;
3636
3637 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3638 bs->next = NULL;
3639 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
3640 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
3641 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
3642 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
3643 incref_bp_location (bl);
3644 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3645 bs->commands = NULL;
3646 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3647 bs->old_val = NULL;
3648 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3649 return bs;
3650 }
3651 \f
3652 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3653 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3654
3655 int
3656 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3657 {
3658 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3659 CORE_ADDR addr;
3660 struct breakpoint *b;
3661
3662 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3663 {
3664 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3665 as not triggered. */
3666 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3667 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3668 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3669
3670 return 0;
3671 }
3672
3673 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
3674 {
3675 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3676 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3677 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3678 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3679 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3680
3681 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3682 }
3683
3684 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3685 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3686 triggered. */
3687
3688 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3689 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3690 {
3691 struct bp_location *loc;
3692
3693 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3694 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3695 {
3696 if (is_masked_watchpoint (loc->owner))
3697 {
3698 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & loc->owner->hw_wp_mask;
3699 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & loc->owner->hw_wp_mask;
3700
3701 if (newaddr == start)
3702 {
3703 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3704 break;
3705 }
3706 }
3707 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3708 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
3709 addr, loc->address,
3710 loc->length))
3711 {
3712 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3713 break;
3714 }
3715 }
3716 }
3717
3718 return 1;
3719 }
3720
3721 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3722 because of check_errors). */
3723 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3724 #define WP_DELETED 1
3725 /* The value has changed. */
3726 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3727 /* The value has not changed. */
3728 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3729 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3730 #define WP_IGNORE 4
3731
3732 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3733 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3734
3735 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3736 changed.
3737
3738 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3739 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3740
3741 static int
3742 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3743 {
3744 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3745 struct breakpoint *b;
3746 struct frame_info *fr;
3747 int within_current_scope;
3748
3749 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3750 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3751 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3752
3753 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b));
3754
3755 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3756 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3757 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3758 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3759 return WP_IGNORE;
3760
3761 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3762 within_current_scope = 1;
3763 else
3764 {
3765 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3766 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3767 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3768
3769 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3770 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3771 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3772 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3773 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3774 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3775 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3776 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3777 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3778 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3779 return WP_IGNORE;
3780
3781 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3782 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3783
3784 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3785 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3786 if (within_current_scope)
3787 {
3788 struct symbol *function;
3789
3790 function = get_frame_function (fr);
3791 if (function == NULL
3792 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3793 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3794 within_current_scope = 0;
3795 }
3796
3797 if (within_current_scope)
3798 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3799 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3800 the user. */
3801 select_frame (fr);
3802 }
3803
3804 if (within_current_scope)
3805 {
3806 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3807 time before we return to the command level and call
3808 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3809 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3810
3811 int pc = 0;
3812 struct value *mark;
3813 struct value *new_val;
3814
3815 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
3816 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3817 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3818 a mask watchpoint. */
3819 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3820
3821 mark = value_mark ();
3822 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3823
3824 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3825 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3826 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3827 not what we want. */
3828 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3829 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3830 {
3831 if (new_val != NULL)
3832 {
3833 release_value (new_val);
3834 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3835 }
3836 bs->old_val = b->val;
3837 b->val = new_val;
3838 b->val_valid = 1;
3839 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3840 }
3841 else
3842 {
3843 /* Nothing changed. */
3844 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3845 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3846 }
3847 }
3848 else
3849 {
3850 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3851 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3852 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3853 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3854 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3855 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3856 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3857 the first value assigned). */
3858 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3859 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3860 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3861 information here. */
3862 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3863 ui_out_field_string
3864 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3865 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3866 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
3867 ui_out_text (uiout,
3868 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3869 which its expression is valid.\n");
3870
3871 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3872 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
3873 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3874
3875 return WP_DELETED;
3876 }
3877 }
3878
3879 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3880 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3881 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3882 static int
3883 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3884 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
3885 {
3886 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3887
3888 /* BL is from existing struct breakpoint. */
3889 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3890
3891 if (b->ops && b->ops->breakpoint_hit)
3892 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr);
3893
3894 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3895 tracepoints. */
3896 if (is_tracepoint (b))
3897 return 0;
3898
3899 if (!is_watchpoint (b)
3900 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
3901 && b->type != bp_catchpoint) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3902 {
3903 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3904 aspace, bp_addr))
3905 return 0;
3906 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
3907 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3908 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3909 return 0;
3910 }
3911
3912 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3913 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3914 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3915 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3916 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3917 (did not match the data address). */
3918
3919 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
3920 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
3921 return 0;
3922
3923 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
3924 {
3925 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
3926 return 0;
3927 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
3928 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3929 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3930 return 0;
3931 }
3932
3933 return 1;
3934 }
3935
3936 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3937 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3938 to 0. */
3939 static void
3940 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3941 {
3942 const struct bp_location *bl;
3943 struct breakpoint *b;
3944
3945 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3946 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3947 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3948 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3949 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3950
3951 if (is_watchpoint (b))
3952 {
3953 int must_check_value = 0;
3954
3955 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
3956 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3957 watched value. */
3958 must_check_value = 1;
3959 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3960 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3961 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3962 this watchpoint. */
3963 must_check_value = 1;
3964 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3965 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3966 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3967 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3968 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3969 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3970 must_check_value = 1;
3971
3972 if (must_check_value)
3973 {
3974 char *message
3975 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3976 b->number);
3977 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3978 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3979 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3980 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3981 switch (e)
3982 {
3983 case WP_DELETED:
3984 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3985 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3986 /* Stop. */
3987 break;
3988 case WP_IGNORE:
3989 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3990 bs->stop = 0;
3991 break;
3992 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3993 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3994 {
3995 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3996
3997 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3998 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3999 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4000 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4001 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4002 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4003 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4004 old value.
4005
4006 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4007 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4008 happen:
4009
4010 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4011 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4012 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4013 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4014
4015 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4016 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4017 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4018 watchpoint.
4019
4020 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4021 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4022 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4023 changes. This still gives false positives when
4024 the program writes the same value to memory as
4025 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4026 it for a read), but it's much better than
4027 nothing. */
4028
4029 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4030
4031 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4032 {
4033 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4034
4035 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4036 if ((other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4037 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4038 && (other_b->watchpoint_triggered
4039 == watch_triggered_yes))
4040 {
4041 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4042 break;
4043 }
4044 }
4045
4046 if (other_write_watchpoint
4047 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4048 {
4049 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4050 and the value changed since the last time we
4051 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4052 Ignore it. */
4053 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4054 bs->stop = 0;
4055 }
4056 }
4057 break;
4058 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4059 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4060 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4061 {
4062 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4063 the value hasn't changed. */
4064 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4065 bs->stop = 0;
4066 }
4067 /* Stop. */
4068 break;
4069 default:
4070 /* Can't happen. */
4071 case 0:
4072 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4073 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
4074 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4075 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4076 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4077 break;
4078 }
4079 }
4080 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4081 {
4082 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4083 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4084 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4085 anything for this watchpoint. */
4086 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4087 bs->stop = 0;
4088 }
4089 }
4090 }
4091
4092
4093 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4094 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4095 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4096
4097 static void
4098 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4099 {
4100 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4101 const struct bp_location *bl;
4102 struct breakpoint *b;
4103
4104 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4105 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4106 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4107 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4108 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4109
4110 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4111 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4112 bs->stop = 0;
4113 else if (bs->stop)
4114 {
4115 int value_is_zero = 0;
4116 struct expression *cond;
4117
4118 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4119 method implemented. */
4120 if (b->py_bp_object)
4121 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4122
4123 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4124 cond = b->cond_exp;
4125 else
4126 cond = bl->cond;
4127
4128 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4129 {
4130 int within_current_scope = 1;
4131
4132 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4133 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4134 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4135 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4136 function call. */
4137 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4138
4139 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4140 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4141 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4142 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4143 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4144 call site. */
4145 if (!is_watchpoint (b) || b->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4146 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4147 else
4148 {
4149 struct frame_info *frame;
4150
4151 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4152 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4153 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4154 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4155 really matter which instantiation of the function
4156 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4157 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4158 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4159 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4160 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4161 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4162 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4163 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4164 intuitive. */
4165 frame = block_innermost_frame (b->cond_exp_valid_block);
4166 if (frame != NULL)
4167 select_frame (frame);
4168 else
4169 within_current_scope = 0;
4170 }
4171 if (within_current_scope)
4172 value_is_zero
4173 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4174 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4175 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4176 else
4177 {
4178 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4179 "in the current scope"));
4180 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4181 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4182 value_is_zero = 0;
4183 }
4184 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4185 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4186 }
4187
4188 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4189 {
4190 bs->stop = 0;
4191 }
4192 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4193 {
4194 bs->stop = 0;
4195 }
4196 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4197 {
4198 b->ignore_count--;
4199 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4200 bs->stop = 0;
4201 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4202 ++(b->hit_count);
4203 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4204 }
4205 }
4206 }
4207
4208
4209 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4210 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4211
4212 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4213 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4214 that:
4215
4216 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4217
4218 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4219
4220 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4221 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4222 several reasons concurrently.)
4223
4224 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4225 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4226
4227 bpstat
4228 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4229 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
4230 {
4231 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4232 struct bp_location *bl;
4233 struct bp_location *loc;
4234 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4235 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4236 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4237 bpstat bs;
4238 int ix;
4239 int need_remove_insert;
4240 int removed_any;
4241
4242 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4243 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4244 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4245 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4246 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4247 inferior function calls. */
4248
4249 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4250 {
4251 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4252 continue;
4253
4254 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4255 {
4256 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4257 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4258 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4259 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4260 checked all locations already. */
4261 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4262 break;
4263
4264 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4265 continue;
4266
4267 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr))
4268 continue;
4269
4270 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4271 matches. */
4272
4273 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4274 explain stop. */
4275
4276 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4277 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4278 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4279 bs->stop = 1;
4280 bs->print = 1;
4281
4282 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4283 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4284 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4285 iteration. */
4286 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4287 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4288 }
4289 }
4290
4291 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4292 {
4293 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4294 {
4295 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4296 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4297 bs->stop = 0;
4298 bs->print = 0;
4299 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4300 }
4301 }
4302
4303 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4304 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4305 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4306
4307 removed_any = 0;
4308
4309 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4310 {
4311 if (!bs->stop)
4312 continue;
4313
4314 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
4315 if (!bs->stop)
4316 continue;
4317
4318 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4319
4320 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
4321 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master
4322 || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
4323 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
4324 /* We do not stop for these. */
4325 bs->stop = 0;
4326 else
4327 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4328
4329 if (bs->stop)
4330 {
4331 ++(b->hit_count);
4332 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4333
4334 /* We will stop here. */
4335 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4336 {
4337 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4338 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4339 removed_any = 1;
4340 }
4341 if (b->silent)
4342 bs->print = 0;
4343 bs->commands = b->commands;
4344 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4345 bs->commands_left = bs->commands ? bs->commands->commands : NULL;
4346 if (bs->commands_left
4347 && (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands_left->line) == 0
4348 || (xdb_commands
4349 && strcmp ("Q",
4350 bs->commands_left->line) == 0)))
4351 {
4352 bs->commands_left = bs->commands_left->next;
4353 bs->print = 0;
4354 }
4355 }
4356
4357 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
4358 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
4359 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4360 }
4361
4362 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4363 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4364 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4365 done later. */
4366 need_remove_insert = 0;
4367 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4368 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4369 if (!bs->stop
4370 && bs->breakpoint_at
4371 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4372 {
4373 update_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4374 need_remove_insert = 1;
4375 }
4376
4377 if (need_remove_insert)
4378 update_global_location_list (1);
4379 else if (removed_any)
4380 update_global_location_list (0);
4381
4382 return bs_head;
4383 }
4384
4385 static void
4386 handle_jit_event (void)
4387 {
4388 struct frame_info *frame;
4389 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4390
4391 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4392 breakpoint_re_set. */
4393 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4394
4395 frame = get_current_frame ();
4396 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4397
4398 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4399
4400 target_terminal_inferior ();
4401 }
4402
4403 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4404
4405 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4406
4407 struct bpstat_what
4408 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
4409 {
4410 struct bpstat_what retval;
4411 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4412 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4413 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4414 int shlib_event = 0;
4415 int jit_event = 0;
4416 bpstat bs;
4417
4418 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4419 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4420 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4421
4422 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4423 {
4424 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4425 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4426 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4427 enum bptype bptype;
4428
4429 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4430 {
4431 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4432 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4433 bptype = bp_none;
4434 }
4435 else if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4436 bptype = bp_none;
4437 else
4438 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4439
4440 switch (bptype)
4441 {
4442 case bp_none:
4443 break;
4444 case bp_breakpoint:
4445 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4446 case bp_until:
4447 case bp_finish:
4448 if (bs->stop)
4449 {
4450 if (bs->print)
4451 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4452 else
4453 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4454 }
4455 else
4456 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4457 break;
4458 case bp_watchpoint:
4459 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4460 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4461 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4462 if (bs->stop)
4463 {
4464 if (bs->print)
4465 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4466 else
4467 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4468 }
4469 else
4470 {
4471 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4472 This requires no further action. */
4473 }
4474 break;
4475 case bp_longjmp:
4476 case bp_exception:
4477 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4478 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4479 break;
4480 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4481 case bp_exception_resume:
4482 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4483 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4484 break;
4485 case bp_step_resume:
4486 if (bs->stop)
4487 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4488 else
4489 {
4490 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4491 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4492 }
4493 break;
4494 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4495 if (bs->stop)
4496 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
4497 else
4498 {
4499 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4500 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4501 }
4502 break;
4503 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4504 case bp_thread_event:
4505 case bp_overlay_event:
4506 case bp_longjmp_master:
4507 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4508 case bp_exception_master:
4509 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4510 break;
4511 case bp_catchpoint:
4512 if (bs->stop)
4513 {
4514 if (bs->print)
4515 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4516 else
4517 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4518 }
4519 else
4520 {
4521 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4522 This requires no further action. */
4523 }
4524 break;
4525 case bp_shlib_event:
4526 shlib_event = 1;
4527
4528 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4529 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4530 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4531 loaded objects (among other things). */
4532 if (stop_on_solib_events)
4533 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4534 else
4535 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4536 break;
4537 case bp_jit_event:
4538 jit_event = 1;
4539 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4540 break;
4541 case bp_call_dummy:
4542 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4543 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4544 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4545 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4546 break;
4547 case bp_std_terminate:
4548 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4549 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4550 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4551 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4552 break;
4553 case bp_tracepoint:
4554 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4555 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4556 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4557 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4558 out already. */
4559 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4560 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4561 break;
4562 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4563 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4564 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4565 break;
4566 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4567 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4568 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4569 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4570 break;
4571 default:
4572 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4573 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4574 }
4575
4576 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4577 }
4578
4579 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4580 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4581
4582 if (shlib_event)
4583 {
4584 if (debug_infrun)
4585 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4586
4587 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4588 to be adding them automatically. */
4589
4590 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4591 breakpoint_re_set. */
4592 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4593
4594 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
4595 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4596 #else
4597 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4598 #endif
4599
4600 target_terminal_inferior ();
4601 }
4602
4603 if (jit_event)
4604 {
4605 if (debug_infrun)
4606 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4607
4608 handle_jit_event ();
4609 }
4610
4611 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4612 {
4613 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4614
4615 if (b == NULL)
4616 continue;
4617 switch (b->type)
4618 {
4619 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4620 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
4621 break;
4622 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4623 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
4624 break;
4625 }
4626 }
4627
4628 return retval;
4629 }
4630
4631 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4632 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4633 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4634
4635 int
4636 bpstat_should_step (void)
4637 {
4638 struct breakpoint *b;
4639
4640 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4641 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4642 return 1;
4643 return 0;
4644 }
4645
4646 int
4647 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4648 {
4649 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4650 if (bs->stop)
4651 return 1;
4652
4653 return 0;
4654 }
4655
4656 \f
4657
4658 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4659 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4660 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4661
4662 static char *
4663 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
4664 {
4665 static char wrap_indent[80];
4666 int i, total_width, width, align;
4667 char *text;
4668
4669 total_width = 0;
4670 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
4671 {
4672 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
4673 {
4674 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
4675 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
4676 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
4677
4678 return wrap_indent;
4679 }
4680
4681 total_width += width + 1;
4682 }
4683
4684 return NULL;
4685 }
4686
4687 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4688
4689 static void
4690 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4691 struct bp_location *loc)
4692 {
4693 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4694
4695 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4696 loc = NULL;
4697
4698 if (loc != NULL)
4699 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4700
4701 if (b->display_canonical)
4702 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
4703 else if (b->source_file && loc)
4704 {
4705 struct symbol *sym
4706 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4707 if (sym)
4708 {
4709 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4710 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4711 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4712 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
4713 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
4714 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
4715 }
4716 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
4717 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4718
4719 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4720 {
4721 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4722 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4723
4724 if (fullname)
4725 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4726 }
4727
4728 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
4729 }
4730 else if (loc)
4731 {
4732 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4733 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4734
4735 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4736 demangle, "");
4737 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4738
4739 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
4740 }
4741 else
4742 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4743
4744 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4745 }
4746
4747 static const char *
4748 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
4749 {
4750 struct ep_type_description
4751 {
4752 enum bptype type;
4753 char *description;
4754 };
4755 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4756 {
4757 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4758 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4759 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4760 {bp_until, "until"},
4761 {bp_finish, "finish"},
4762 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4763 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4764 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4765 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4766 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4767 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4768 {bp_exception, "exception"},
4769 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
4770 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4771 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
4772 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4773 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4774 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4775 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4776 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4777 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4778 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4779 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4780 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
4781 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4782 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4783 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4784 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
4785 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4786 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4787 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4788 };
4789
4790 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4791 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
4792 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4793 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4794 (int) type);
4795
4796 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
4797 }
4798
4799 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4800
4801 static void
4802 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4803 struct bp_location *loc,
4804 int loc_number,
4805 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4806 int allflag)
4807 {
4808 struct command_line *l;
4809 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4810
4811 int header_of_multiple = 0;
4812 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4813 struct value_print_options opts;
4814
4815 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4816
4817 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4818 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4819 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4820 if (loc == NULL
4821 && (b->loc != NULL
4822 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4823 header_of_multiple = 1;
4824 if (loc == NULL)
4825 loc = b->loc;
4826
4827 annotate_record ();
4828
4829 /* 1 */
4830 annotate_field (0);
4831 if (part_of_multiple)
4832 {
4833 char *formatted;
4834 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4835 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4836 xfree (formatted);
4837 }
4838 else
4839 {
4840 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4841 }
4842
4843 /* 2 */
4844 annotate_field (1);
4845 if (part_of_multiple)
4846 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4847 else
4848 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
4849
4850 /* 3 */
4851 annotate_field (2);
4852 if (part_of_multiple)
4853 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4854 else
4855 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4856
4857
4858 /* 4 */
4859 annotate_field (3);
4860 if (part_of_multiple)
4861 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4862 else
4863 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4864 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4865 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4866
4867
4868 /* 5 and 6 */
4869 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4870 {
4871 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4872 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4873 make sure there's just one location. */
4874 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4875 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4876 }
4877 else
4878 switch (b->type)
4879 {
4880 case bp_none:
4881 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4882 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4883 break;
4884
4885 case bp_watchpoint:
4886 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4887 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4888 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4889 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4890 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4891 is relatively readable). */
4892 if (opts.addressprint)
4893 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4894 annotate_field (5);
4895 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exp_string);
4896 break;
4897
4898 case bp_breakpoint:
4899 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4900 case bp_until:
4901 case bp_finish:
4902 case bp_longjmp:
4903 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4904 case bp_exception:
4905 case bp_exception_resume:
4906 case bp_step_resume:
4907 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4908 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4909 case bp_call_dummy:
4910 case bp_std_terminate:
4911 case bp_shlib_event:
4912 case bp_thread_event:
4913 case bp_overlay_event:
4914 case bp_longjmp_master:
4915 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4916 case bp_exception_master:
4917 case bp_tracepoint:
4918 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4919 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4920 case bp_jit_event:
4921 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4922 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4923 if (opts.addressprint)
4924 {
4925 annotate_field (4);
4926 if (header_of_multiple)
4927 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4928 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4929 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4930 else
4931 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4932 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4933 }
4934 annotate_field (5);
4935 if (!header_of_multiple)
4936 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
4937 if (b->loc)
4938 *last_loc = b->loc;
4939 break;
4940 }
4941
4942
4943 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4944 are several. */
4945 if (loc != NULL
4946 && !header_of_multiple
4947 && (allflag
4948 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4949 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4950 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4951 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4952 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4953 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4954 {
4955 struct inferior *inf;
4956 int first = 1;
4957
4958 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4959 {
4960 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4961 {
4962 if (first)
4963 {
4964 first = 0;
4965 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4966 }
4967 else
4968 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4969 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4970 }
4971 }
4972 }
4973
4974 if (!part_of_multiple)
4975 {
4976 if (b->thread != -1)
4977 {
4978 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4979 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4980 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4981 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4982 }
4983 else if (b->task != 0)
4984 {
4985 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4986 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4987 }
4988 }
4989
4990 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4991
4992 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ops && b->ops->print_one_detail)
4993 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
4994
4995 if (!part_of_multiple && b->static_trace_marker_id)
4996 {
4997 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
4998
4999 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
5000 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
5001 b->static_trace_marker_id);
5002 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5003 }
5004
5005 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
5006 {
5007 annotate_field (6);
5008 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5009 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
5010 the frame ID. */
5011 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
5012 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
5013 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5014 }
5015
5016 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
5017 {
5018 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
5019 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
5020 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
5021 annotate_field (7);
5022 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5023 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
5024 else
5025 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
5026 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
5027 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5028 }
5029
5030 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
5031 {
5032 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5033 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
5034 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5035 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5036 }
5037
5038 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
5039 {
5040 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5041 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
5042 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
5043 else
5044 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
5045 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
5046 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5047 if (b->hit_count == 1)
5048 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
5049 else
5050 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
5051 }
5052
5053 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5054 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5055 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5056 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
5057 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5058
5059 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
5060 {
5061 annotate_field (8);
5062 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
5063 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
5064 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
5065 }
5066
5067 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
5068 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
5069 {
5070 struct cleanup *script_chain;
5071
5072 annotate_field (9);
5073 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
5074 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
5075 do_cleanups (script_chain);
5076 }
5077
5078 if (!part_of_multiple && b->pass_count)
5079 {
5080 annotate_field (10);
5081 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
5082 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", b->pass_count);
5083 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5084 }
5085
5086 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
5087 {
5088 if (b->addr_string)
5089 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
5090 else if (b->exp_string)
5091 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string);
5092 }
5093 }
5094
5095 static void
5096 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5097 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5098 int allflag)
5099 {
5100 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
5101
5102 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
5103
5104 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5105 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5106
5107 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5108 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5109 locations, if any. */
5110 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5111 {
5112 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5113 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5114 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5115 situation.
5116
5117 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5118 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5119 if (b->loc
5120 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5121 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5122 {
5123 struct bp_location *loc;
5124 int n = 1;
5125
5126 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5127 {
5128 struct cleanup *inner2 =
5129 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5130 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5131 do_cleanups (inner2);
5132 }
5133 }
5134 }
5135 }
5136
5137 static int
5138 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5139 {
5140 int print_address_bits = 0;
5141 struct bp_location *loc;
5142
5143 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5144 {
5145 int addr_bit;
5146
5147 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5148 an address to print. */
5149 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5150 continue;
5151
5152 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5153 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5154 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5155 }
5156
5157 return print_address_bits;
5158 }
5159
5160 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5161 {
5162 int bnum;
5163 };
5164
5165 static int
5166 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5167 {
5168 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5169 struct breakpoint *b;
5170 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5171
5172 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5173 {
5174 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5175 {
5176 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5177 return GDB_RC_OK;
5178 }
5179 }
5180 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5181 }
5182
5183 enum gdb_rc
5184 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5185 char **error_message)
5186 {
5187 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5188
5189 args.bnum = bnum;
5190 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5191 an error. */
5192 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5193 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5194 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5195 else
5196 return GDB_RC_OK;
5197 }
5198
5199 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5200 internal or momentary. */
5201
5202 int
5203 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5204 {
5205 return b->number > 0;
5206 }
5207
5208 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5209 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5210 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5211 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5212 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5213 breakpoints listed. */
5214
5215 static int
5216 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5217 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5218 {
5219 struct breakpoint *b;
5220 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5221 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5222 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5223 struct value_print_options opts;
5224 int print_address_bits = 0;
5225 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5226
5227 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5228
5229 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5230 required for address fields. */
5231 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5232 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5233 {
5234 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5235 if (filter && !filter (b))
5236 continue;
5237
5238 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5239 accept. Skip the others. */
5240 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5241 {
5242 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5243 continue;
5244 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5245 continue;
5246 }
5247
5248 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5249 {
5250 int addr_bit, type_len;
5251
5252 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5253 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5254 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5255
5256 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5257 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5258 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5259
5260 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5261 }
5262 }
5263
5264 if (opts.addressprint)
5265 bkpttbl_chain
5266 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5267 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5268 "BreakpointTable");
5269 else
5270 bkpttbl_chain
5271 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5272 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5273 "BreakpointTable");
5274
5275 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5276 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5277 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5278 annotate_field (0);
5279 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5280 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5281 annotate_field (1);
5282 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5283 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5284 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5285 annotate_field (2);
5286 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5287 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5288 annotate_field (3);
5289 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5290 if (opts.addressprint)
5291 {
5292 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5293 annotate_field (4);
5294 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5295 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5296 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5297 else
5298 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5299 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5300 }
5301 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5302 annotate_field (5);
5303 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5304 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5305 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5306 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5307
5308 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5309 {
5310 QUIT;
5311 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5312 if (filter && !filter (b))
5313 continue;
5314
5315 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5316 accept. Skip the others. */
5317
5318 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5319 {
5320 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5321 {
5322 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5323 continue;
5324 }
5325 else /* all others */
5326 {
5327 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5328 continue;
5329 }
5330 }
5331 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5332 allflag is set. */
5333 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5334 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5335 }
5336
5337 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5338
5339 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5340 {
5341 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5342 empty list. */
5343 if (!filter)
5344 {
5345 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5346 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5347 else
5348 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5349 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5350 args);
5351 }
5352 }
5353 else
5354 {
5355 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5356 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5357 }
5358
5359 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5360 there have been breakpoints? */
5361 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5362
5363 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5364 }
5365
5366 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5367 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5368
5369 static void
5370 default_collect_info (void)
5371 {
5372 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5373 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5374 not wanted. */
5375 if (!*default_collect)
5376 return;
5377
5378 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5379 actions. */
5380 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5381 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5382 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5383 }
5384
5385 static void
5386 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5387 {
5388 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5389
5390 default_collect_info ();
5391 }
5392
5393 static void
5394 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5395 {
5396 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5397
5398 if (num_printed == 0)
5399 {
5400 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5401 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5402 else
5403 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5404 }
5405 }
5406
5407 static void
5408 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5409 {
5410 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
5411
5412 default_collect_info ();
5413 }
5414
5415 static int
5416 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5417 struct program_space *pspace,
5418 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5419 {
5420 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5421
5422 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5423 {
5424 if (bl->pspace == pspace
5425 && bl->address == pc
5426 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5427 return 1;
5428 }
5429 return 0;
5430 }
5431
5432 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
5433 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5434 address spaces. */
5435
5436 static void
5437 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5438 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5439 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5440 {
5441 int others = 0;
5442 struct breakpoint *b;
5443
5444 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5445 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section);
5446 if (others > 0)
5447 {
5448 if (others == 1)
5449 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5450 else /* if (others == ???) */
5451 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5452 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5453 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5454 {
5455 others--;
5456 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5457 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5458 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5459 else if (b->thread != -1)
5460 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5461 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5462 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5463 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
5464 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
5465 ? " (disabled)"
5466 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5467 ? " (permanent)"
5468 : ""),
5469 (others > 1) ? ","
5470 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5471 }
5472 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5473 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5474 printf_filtered (".\n");
5475 }
5476 }
5477 \f
5478 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
5479 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
5480
5481 void
5482 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, struct program_space *pspace,
5483 CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
5484 int line)
5485 {
5486 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
5487 default_breakpoint_pspace = pspace;
5488 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
5489 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
5490 default_breakpoint_line = line;
5491 }
5492
5493 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5494 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5495 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5496 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5497
5498 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5499 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5500 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5501 breakpoint at address zero:
5502
5503 bp_watchpoint
5504 bp_catchpoint
5505
5506 */
5507
5508 static int
5509 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5510 {
5511 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5512
5513 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5514 }
5515
5516 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5517 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5518
5519 static int
5520 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5521 struct bp_location *loc2)
5522 {
5523 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5524 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5525 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5526
5527 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5528 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5529 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5530 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5531 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5532 other watchpoint. */
5533 if ((loc1->owner->cond_exp
5534 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
5535 loc1->length,
5536 loc1->watchpoint_type,
5537 loc1->owner->cond_exp))
5538 || (loc2->owner->cond_exp
5539 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
5540 loc2->length,
5541 loc2->watchpoint_type,
5542 loc2->owner->cond_exp)))
5543 return 0;
5544
5545 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5546 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5547 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5548 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5549 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5550 become hw_access locations later. */
5551 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5552 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5553 && loc1->address == loc2->address
5554 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5555 }
5556
5557 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5558 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5559 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5560 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5561
5562 static int
5563 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5564 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5565 {
5566 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5567 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5568 && addr1 == addr2);
5569 }
5570
5571 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5572 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5573 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5574 space doesn't really matter. */
5575
5576 static int
5577 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5578 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
5579 CORE_ADDR addr2)
5580 {
5581 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5582 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5583 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
5584 }
5585
5586 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5587 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5588 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5589 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5590
5591 static int
5592 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
5593 struct address_space *aspace,
5594 CORE_ADDR addr)
5595 {
5596 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
5597 aspace, addr)
5598 || (bl->length
5599 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
5600 bl->address, bl->length,
5601 aspace, addr)));
5602 }
5603
5604 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5605 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5606 represent the same location. */
5607
5608 static int
5609 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5610 struct bp_location *loc2)
5611 {
5612 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5613
5614 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5615 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5616 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5617
5618 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5619 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5620
5621 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5622 return 0;
5623 else if (hw_point1)
5624 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5625 else
5626 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5627 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5628 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
5629 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5630 }
5631
5632 static void
5633 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5634 int bnum, int have_bnum)
5635 {
5636 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5637 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5638 char astr1[64];
5639 char astr2[64];
5640
5641 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5642 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5643 if (have_bnum)
5644 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5645 bnum, astr1, astr2);
5646 else
5647 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5648 }
5649
5650 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5651 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5652 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5653 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5654
5655 static CORE_ADDR
5656 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5657 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5658 {
5659 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5660 {
5661 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5662 return bpaddr;
5663 }
5664 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5665 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5666 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5667 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5668 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5669 {
5670 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5671 have their addresses modified. */
5672 return bpaddr;
5673 }
5674 else
5675 {
5676 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5677
5678 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5679 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5680 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5681
5682 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5683 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5684 is required. */
5685 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5686 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5687
5688 return adjusted_bpaddr;
5689 }
5690 }
5691
5692 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5693
5694 static struct bp_location *
5695 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5696 {
5697 struct bp_location *loc;
5698
5699 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
5700 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5701
5702 loc->owner = bpt;
5703 loc->cond = NULL;
5704 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5705 loc->enabled = 1;
5706
5707 switch (bpt->type)
5708 {
5709 case bp_breakpoint:
5710 case bp_until:
5711 case bp_finish:
5712 case bp_longjmp:
5713 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5714 case bp_exception:
5715 case bp_exception_resume:
5716 case bp_step_resume:
5717 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5718 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5719 case bp_call_dummy:
5720 case bp_std_terminate:
5721 case bp_shlib_event:
5722 case bp_thread_event:
5723 case bp_overlay_event:
5724 case bp_jit_event:
5725 case bp_longjmp_master:
5726 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5727 case bp_exception_master:
5728 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5729 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5730 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5731 break;
5732 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5733 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5734 break;
5735 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5736 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5737 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5738 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5739 break;
5740 case bp_watchpoint:
5741 case bp_catchpoint:
5742 case bp_tracepoint:
5743 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5744 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5745 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5746 break;
5747 default:
5748 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5749 }
5750
5751 loc->refc = 1;
5752 return loc;
5753 }
5754
5755 static void
5756 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5757 {
5758 if (loc->cond)
5759 xfree (loc->cond);
5760
5761 if (loc->function_name)
5762 xfree (loc->function_name);
5763
5764 xfree (loc);
5765 }
5766
5767 /* Increment reference count. */
5768
5769 static void
5770 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
5771 {
5772 ++bl->refc;
5773 }
5774
5775 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5776 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5777
5778 static void
5779 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
5780 {
5781 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
5782
5783 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
5784 free_bp_location (*blp);
5785 *blp = NULL;
5786 }
5787
5788 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5789
5790 static void
5791 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
5792 {
5793 struct breakpoint *b1;
5794
5795 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5796 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5797
5798 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5799 if (b1 == 0)
5800 breakpoint_chain = b;
5801 else
5802 {
5803 while (b1->next)
5804 b1 = b1->next;
5805 b1->next = b;
5806 }
5807 }
5808
5809 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5810
5811 static void
5812 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5813 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5814 enum bptype bptype)
5815 {
5816 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5817
5818 b->type = bptype;
5819 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5820 b->language = current_language->la_language;
5821 b->input_radix = input_radix;
5822 b->thread = -1;
5823 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5824 b->next = 0;
5825 b->silent = 0;
5826 b->ignore_count = 0;
5827 b->commands = NULL;
5828 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5829 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
5830 b->ops = NULL;
5831 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5832 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
5833 b->related_breakpoint = b;
5834
5835 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5836 }
5837
5838 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5839 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5840 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
5841 static. */
5842
5843 static struct breakpoint *
5844 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5845 enum bptype bptype)
5846 {
5847 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5848
5849 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype);
5850
5851 return b;
5852 }
5853
5854 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5855 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5856 enough. */
5857
5858 static void
5859 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
5860 {
5861 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5862
5863 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5864 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5865 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5866 {
5867 int is_gnu_ifunc;
5868
5869 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &loc->function_name,
5870 NULL, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
5871
5872 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
5873 {
5874 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5875
5876 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
5877 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc->function_name,
5878 &loc->requested_address))
5879 {
5880 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5881 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
5882 loc->requested_address,
5883 b->type);
5884 }
5885 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
5886 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
5887 {
5888 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5889 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5890 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
5891 }
5892 }
5893
5894 if (loc->function_name)
5895 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
5896 }
5897 }
5898
5899 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5900 static struct gdbarch *
5901 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5902 {
5903 if (sal.section)
5904 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5905 if (sal.symtab)
5906 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5907
5908 return NULL;
5909 }
5910
5911 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5912 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5913 file name, and line number are provided by SAL. The newly created
5914 and partially initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint
5915 chain.
5916
5917 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5918 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5919 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5920 particular, init_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint number!
5921 Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur prior to
5922 completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this should
5923 happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5924
5925 static void
5926 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5927 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
5928 {
5929 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
5930 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch;
5931
5932 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype);
5933
5934 loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
5935 if (!loc_gdbarch)
5936 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
5937
5938 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5939 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5940
5941 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5942 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5943 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5944 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5945 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5946 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5947 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
5948 sal.pc, b->type);
5949
5950 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
5951 b->loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
5952 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
5953 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
5954 b->loc->pspace = sal.pspace;
5955
5956 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5957 breakpoint resetting. */
5958 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5959
5960 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
5961 b->source_file = NULL;
5962 else
5963 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
5964 b->loc->section = sal.section;
5965 b->line_number = sal.line;
5966
5967 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc,
5968 sal.explicit_pc || sal.explicit_line);
5969
5970 breakpoints_changed ();
5971 }
5972
5973 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5974 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5975 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5976 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5977 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5978 is also returned as the value of this function.
5979
5980 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5981 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5982 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5983 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5984 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5985 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5986 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5987
5988 struct breakpoint *
5989 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5990 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
5991 {
5992 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5993
5994 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype);
5995 return b;
5996 }
5997
5998
5999 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
6000 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
6001 void
6002 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
6003 {
6004 struct bp_location *bl;
6005
6006 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
6007
6008 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
6009 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
6010 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
6011 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
6012 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implmement. */
6013 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6014 bl->inserted = 1;
6015 }
6016
6017 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
6018 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
6019 initiated the operation. */
6020
6021 void
6022 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
6023 {
6024 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6025 int thread = tp->num;
6026
6027 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
6028 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
6029 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
6030 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
6031 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6032 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6033 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
6034 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
6035 {
6036 struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b);
6037
6038 clone->type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
6039 clone->thread = thread;
6040 }
6041
6042 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
6043 }
6044
6045 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6046 void
6047 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
6048 {
6049 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6050
6051 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6052 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
6053 {
6054 if (b->thread == thread)
6055 delete_breakpoint (b);
6056 }
6057 }
6058
6059 void
6060 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6061 {
6062 struct breakpoint *b;
6063
6064 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6065 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6066 {
6067 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6068 update_global_location_list (1);
6069 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
6070 }
6071 }
6072
6073 void
6074 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6075 {
6076 struct breakpoint *b;
6077
6078 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6079 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6080 {
6081 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
6082 update_global_location_list (0);
6083 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
6084 }
6085 }
6086
6087 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6088 master breakpoint. */
6089 void
6090 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6091 {
6092 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6093
6094 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6095 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6096 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
6097 {
6098 struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b);
6099 clone->type = bp_std_terminate;
6100 }
6101 }
6102
6103 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6104 void
6105 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6106 {
6107 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6108
6109 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6110 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
6111 delete_breakpoint (b);
6112 }
6113
6114 struct breakpoint *
6115 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6116 {
6117 struct breakpoint *b;
6118
6119 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event);
6120
6121 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6122 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6123 b->addr_string
6124 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6125
6126 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6127
6128 return b;
6129 }
6130
6131 void
6132 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6133 {
6134 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6135
6136 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6137 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6138 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6139 delete_breakpoint (b);
6140 }
6141
6142 struct lang_and_radix
6143 {
6144 enum language lang;
6145 int radix;
6146 };
6147
6148 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6149
6150 struct breakpoint *
6151 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6152 {
6153 struct breakpoint *b;
6154
6155 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event);
6156 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6157 return b;
6158 }
6159
6160 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6161
6162 void
6163 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6164 {
6165 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6166
6167 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6168 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6169 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6170 delete_breakpoint (b);
6171 }
6172
6173 void
6174 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6175 {
6176 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6177
6178 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6179 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6180 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6181 delete_breakpoint (b);
6182 }
6183
6184 struct breakpoint *
6185 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6186 {
6187 struct breakpoint *b;
6188
6189 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event);
6190 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6191 return b;
6192 }
6193
6194 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6195 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6196
6197 void
6198 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6199 {
6200 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6201
6202 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6203 {
6204 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6205 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6206
6207 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6208 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6209 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6210 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6211 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6212 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6213 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6214 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6215 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6216 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6217 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6218 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
6219 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6220 #else
6221 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6222 #endif
6223 )
6224 {
6225 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6226 }
6227 }
6228 }
6229
6230 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in an unloaded shared library.
6231 Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6232 disabled. */
6233
6234 static void
6235 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6236 {
6237 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6238 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6239
6240 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6241 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6242 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6243 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6244 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6245 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6246 return;
6247
6248 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6249 {
6250 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6251 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6252
6253 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6254 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
6255 && solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6256 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6257 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
6258 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6259 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6260 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6261 {
6262 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6263 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6264 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6265 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6266 loc->inserted = 0;
6267
6268 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6269 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6270
6271 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6272 {
6273 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6274 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6275 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6276 solib->so_name);
6277 }
6278 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6279 }
6280 }
6281 }
6282
6283 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6284
6285 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6286 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6287 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6288 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6289 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6290
6291 struct fork_catchpoint
6292 {
6293 /* The base class. */
6294 struct breakpoint base;
6295
6296 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6297 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6298 catchpoint has triggered. */
6299 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
6300 };
6301
6302 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6303 catchpoints. */
6304
6305 static int
6306 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6307 {
6308 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6309 }
6310
6311 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6312 catchpoints. */
6313
6314 static int
6315 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6316 {
6317 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6318 }
6319
6320 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6321 catchpoints. */
6322
6323 static int
6324 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6325 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6326 {
6327 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6328
6329 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6330 }
6331
6332 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6333 catchpoints. */
6334
6335 static enum print_stop_action
6336 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6337 {
6338 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6339
6340 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6341 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
6342 b->number, ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6343 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6344 }
6345
6346 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6347 catchpoints. */
6348
6349 static void
6350 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6351 {
6352 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6353 struct value_print_options opts;
6354
6355 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6356
6357 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6358 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6359 readable). */
6360 if (opts.addressprint)
6361 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6362 annotate_field (5);
6363 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6364 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6365 {
6366 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6367 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6368 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6369 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6370 }
6371 }
6372
6373 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6374 catchpoints. */
6375
6376 static void
6377 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6378 {
6379 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6380 }
6381
6382 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6383 catchpoints. */
6384
6385 static void
6386 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6387 {
6388 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6389 }
6390
6391 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6392
6393 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops =
6394 {
6395 NULL, /* dtor */
6396 insert_catch_fork,
6397 remove_catch_fork,
6398 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork,
6399 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6400 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
6401 print_it_catch_fork,
6402 print_one_catch_fork,
6403 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
6404 print_mention_catch_fork,
6405 print_recreate_catch_fork
6406 };
6407
6408 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6409 catchpoints. */
6410
6411 static int
6412 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6413 {
6414 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6415 }
6416
6417 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6418 catchpoints. */
6419
6420 static int
6421 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6422 {
6423 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6424 }
6425
6426 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6427 catchpoints. */
6428
6429 static int
6430 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6431 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6432 {
6433 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6434
6435 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6436 }
6437
6438 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6439 catchpoints. */
6440
6441 static enum print_stop_action
6442 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6443 {
6444 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6445
6446 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6447 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
6448 b->number, ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6449 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6450 }
6451
6452 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6453 catchpoints. */
6454
6455 static void
6456 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6457 {
6458 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6459 struct value_print_options opts;
6460
6461 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6462 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6463 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6464 readable). */
6465 if (opts.addressprint)
6466 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6467 annotate_field (5);
6468 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
6469 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6470 {
6471 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6472 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6473 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6474 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6475 }
6476 }
6477
6478 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6479 catchpoints. */
6480
6481 static void
6482 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6483 {
6484 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
6485 }
6486
6487 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6488 catchpoints. */
6489
6490 static void
6491 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6492 {
6493 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
6494 }
6495
6496 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6497
6498 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops =
6499 {
6500 NULL, /* dtor */
6501 insert_catch_vfork,
6502 remove_catch_vfork,
6503 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork,
6504 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6505 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
6506 print_it_catch_vfork,
6507 print_one_catch_vfork,
6508 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
6509 print_mention_catch_vfork,
6510 print_recreate_catch_vfork
6511 };
6512
6513 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
6514 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6515 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6516 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6517 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6518
6519 struct syscall_catchpoint
6520 {
6521 /* The base class. */
6522 struct breakpoint base;
6523
6524 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
6525 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
6526 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
6527 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
6528 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
6529 };
6530
6531 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6532 catchpoints. */
6533
6534 static void
6535 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6536 {
6537 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6538
6539 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
6540 }
6541
6542 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6543 catchpoints. */
6544
6545 static int
6546 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6547 {
6548 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6549 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6550
6551 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6552 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6553 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6554 else
6555 {
6556 int i, iter;
6557
6558 for (i = 0;
6559 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6560 i++)
6561 {
6562 int elem;
6563
6564 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6565 {
6566 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6567 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6568 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6569 uintptr_t vec_addr;
6570 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6571 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6572 vec_addr_offset;
6573 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6574 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6575 }
6576 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6577 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6578 }
6579 }
6580
6581 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6582 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6583 inf->any_syscall_count,
6584 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6585 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6586 }
6587
6588 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6589 catchpoints. */
6590
6591 static int
6592 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6593 {
6594 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6595 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6596
6597 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6598 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6599 --inf->any_syscall_count;
6600 else
6601 {
6602 int i, iter;
6603
6604 for (i = 0;
6605 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6606 i++)
6607 {
6608 int elem;
6609 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6610 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6611 continue;
6612 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6613 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6614 }
6615 }
6616
6617 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6618 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6619 inf->any_syscall_count,
6620 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6621 VEC_address (int,
6622 inf->syscalls_counts));
6623 }
6624
6625 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6626 catchpoints. */
6627
6628 static int
6629 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
6630 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6631 {
6632 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6633 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6634 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6635 int syscall_number = 0;
6636 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
6637 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6638
6639 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid, &syscall_number))
6640 return 0;
6641
6642 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6643 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6644 {
6645 int i, iter;
6646
6647 for (i = 0;
6648 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6649 i++)
6650 if (syscall_number == iter)
6651 break;
6652 /* Not the same. */
6653 if (!iter)
6654 return 0;
6655 }
6656
6657 return 1;
6658 }
6659
6660 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6661 catchpoints. */
6662
6663 static enum print_stop_action
6664 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6665 {
6666 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6667 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6668 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6669 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6670 ptid_t ptid;
6671 struct target_waitstatus last;
6672 struct syscall s;
6673 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6674 char *syscall_id;
6675
6676 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6677
6678 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6679
6680 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6681
6682 if (s.name == NULL)
6683 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("%d", last.value.syscall_number);
6684 else
6685 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("'%s'", s.name);
6686
6687 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, syscall_id);
6688
6689 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6690 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
6691 b->number, syscall_id);
6692 else if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
6693 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
6694 b->number, syscall_id);
6695
6696 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6697
6698 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6699 }
6700
6701 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6702 catchpoints. */
6703
6704 static void
6705 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
6706 struct bp_location **last_loc)
6707 {
6708 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6709 struct value_print_options opts;
6710
6711 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6712 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6713 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6714 readable). */
6715 if (opts.addressprint)
6716 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6717 annotate_field (5);
6718
6719 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
6720 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6721 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
6722 else
6723 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
6724
6725 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6726 {
6727 int i, iter;
6728 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6729
6730 for (i = 0;
6731 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6732 i++)
6733 {
6734 char *x = text;
6735 struct syscall s;
6736 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6737
6738 if (s.name != NULL)
6739 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
6740 else
6741 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
6742
6743 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6744 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
6745 on every call. */
6746 xfree (x);
6747 }
6748 /* Remove the last comma. */
6749 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
6750 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
6751 }
6752 else
6753 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
6754 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6755 }
6756
6757 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6758 catchpoints. */
6759
6760 static void
6761 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6762 {
6763 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6764
6765 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6766 {
6767 int i, iter;
6768
6769 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6770 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
6771 else
6772 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
6773
6774 for (i = 0;
6775 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6776 i++)
6777 {
6778 struct syscall s;
6779 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6780
6781 if (s.name)
6782 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
6783 else
6784 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
6785 }
6786 printf_filtered (")");
6787 }
6788 else
6789 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6790 b->number);
6791 }
6792
6793 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6794 catchpoints. */
6795
6796 static void
6797 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6798 {
6799 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6800
6801 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
6802
6803 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6804 {
6805 int i, iter;
6806
6807 for (i = 0;
6808 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6809 i++)
6810 {
6811 struct syscall s;
6812
6813 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6814 if (s.name)
6815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
6816 else
6817 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
6818 }
6819 }
6820 }
6821
6822 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6823
6824 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops =
6825 {
6826 dtor_catch_syscall,
6827 insert_catch_syscall,
6828 remove_catch_syscall,
6829 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall,
6830 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6831 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
6832 print_it_catch_syscall,
6833 print_one_catch_syscall,
6834 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
6835 print_mention_catch_syscall,
6836 print_recreate_catch_syscall
6837 };
6838
6839 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6840
6841 static int
6842 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6843 {
6844 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
6845 }
6846
6847 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
6848 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
6849 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
6850 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
6851
6852 static void
6853 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6854 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6855 char *cond_string,
6856 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6857 {
6858 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6859
6860 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6861
6862 init_sal (&sal);
6863 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
6864
6865 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint);
6866 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6867 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6868
6869 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
6870 b->thread = -1;
6871 b->addr_string = NULL;
6872 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6873 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6874 b->ops = ops;
6875 }
6876
6877 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
6878 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
6879 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
6880 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
6881
6882 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6883 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6884 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6885 to the catchpoint. */
6886
6887 static struct breakpoint *
6888 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6889 char *cond_string,
6890 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6891 {
6892 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6893
6894 init_catchpoint (b, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6895 return b;
6896 }
6897
6898 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
6899
6900 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6901 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6902 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6903 to the catchpoint. */
6904
6905 static struct breakpoint *
6906 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6907 char *cond_string, struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6908 {
6909 struct breakpoint *b =
6910 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6911
6912 mention (b);
6913 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
6914 update_global_location_list (1);
6915
6916 return b;
6917 }
6918
6919 static void
6920 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6921 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6922 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6923 {
6924 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
6925
6926 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6927
6928 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
6929
6930 mention (&c->base);
6931 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (&c->base);
6932 update_global_location_list (1);
6933 }
6934
6935 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6936
6937 static int
6938 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6939 {
6940 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6941 }
6942
6943 static int
6944 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6945 {
6946 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6947 }
6948
6949 static int
6950 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
6951 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6952 {
6953 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &bl->owner->exec_pathname);
6954 }
6955
6956 static enum print_stop_action
6957 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6958 {
6959 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6960 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b->number,
6961 b->exec_pathname);
6962 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6963 }
6964
6965 static void
6966 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6967 {
6968 struct value_print_options opts;
6969
6970 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6971
6972 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6973 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6974 is relatively readable). */
6975 if (opts.addressprint)
6976 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6977 annotate_field (5);
6978 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
6979 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
6980 {
6981 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
6982 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
6983 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6984 }
6985 }
6986
6987 static void
6988 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6989 {
6990 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
6991 }
6992
6993 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6994 catchpoints. */
6995
6996 static void
6997 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6998 {
6999 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
7000 }
7001
7002 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops =
7003 {
7004 NULL, /* dtor */
7005 insert_catch_exec,
7006 remove_catch_exec,
7007 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec,
7008 NULL, /* resources_needed */
7009 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
7010 print_it_catch_exec,
7011 print_one_catch_exec,
7012 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
7013 print_mention_catch_exec,
7014 print_recreate_catch_exec
7015 };
7016
7017 static void
7018 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
7019 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7020 {
7021 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
7022 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7023
7024 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
7025 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
7026 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
7027
7028 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
7029 location list. */
7030 mention (&c->base);
7031 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (&c->base);
7032 update_global_location_list (1);
7033 }
7034
7035 static int
7036 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
7037 {
7038 int i = 0;
7039 struct breakpoint *b;
7040 struct bp_location *bl;
7041
7042 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7043 {
7044 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7045 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7046 {
7047 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
7048 one register. */
7049 if (b->ops && b->ops->resources_needed)
7050 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
7051 else
7052 i++;
7053 }
7054 }
7055
7056 return i;
7057 }
7058
7059 static int
7060 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
7061 {
7062 int i = 0;
7063 struct breakpoint *b;
7064 struct bp_location *bl;
7065
7066 *other_type_used = 0;
7067 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7068 {
7069 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
7070 continue;
7071
7072 if (b->type == type)
7073 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7074 {
7075 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
7076 one register. */
7077 if (b->ops && b->ops->resources_needed)
7078 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
7079 else
7080 i++;
7081 }
7082 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
7083 *other_type_used = 1;
7084 }
7085
7086 return i;
7087 }
7088
7089 void
7090 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7091 {
7092 struct breakpoint *b;
7093
7094 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7095 {
7096 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7097 {
7098 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
7099 update_global_location_list (0);
7100 }
7101 }
7102 }
7103
7104 void
7105 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7106 {
7107 struct breakpoint *b;
7108
7109 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7110 {
7111 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
7112 {
7113 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7114 update_global_location_list (1);
7115 }
7116 }
7117 }
7118
7119 void
7120 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7121 {
7122 struct breakpoint *b;
7123 int found = 0;
7124
7125 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7126 {
7127 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
7128 continue;
7129
7130 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7131 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7132 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7133 {
7134 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
7135 found = 1;
7136 }
7137 }
7138
7139 if (found)
7140 update_global_location_list (0);
7141
7142 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
7143 }
7144
7145 void
7146 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7147 {
7148 struct breakpoint *b;
7149 int found = 0;
7150
7151 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
7152
7153 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7154 {
7155 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
7156 continue;
7157
7158 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7159 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7160 && b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
7161 {
7162 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7163 found = 1;
7164 }
7165 }
7166
7167 if (found)
7168 breakpoint_re_set ();
7169 }
7170
7171
7172 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7173 at address specified by SAL.
7174 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7175
7176 struct breakpoint *
7177 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
7178 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
7179 {
7180 struct breakpoint *b;
7181
7182 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7183 one. */
7184 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
7185
7186 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
7187 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7188 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7189 b->frame_id = frame_id;
7190
7191 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7192 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7193 control. */
7194 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7195 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7196
7197 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7198
7199 return b;
7200 }
7201
7202 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7203 ORIG is NULL. */
7204
7205 struct breakpoint *
7206 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
7207 {
7208 struct breakpoint *copy;
7209
7210 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7211 if (orig == NULL)
7212 return NULL;
7213
7214 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, orig->type);
7215 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
7216 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
7217
7218 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
7219 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
7220 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
7221 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
7222 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
7223
7224 if (orig->source_file == NULL)
7225 copy->source_file = NULL;
7226 else
7227 copy->source_file = xstrdup (orig->source_file);
7228
7229 copy->line_number = orig->line_number;
7230 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
7231 copy->thread = orig->thread;
7232 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
7233
7234 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7235 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7236 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
7237
7238 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7239 return copy;
7240 }
7241
7242 struct breakpoint *
7243 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
7244 enum bptype type)
7245 {
7246 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7247
7248 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
7249 sal.pc = pc;
7250 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
7251 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7252
7253 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
7254 }
7255 \f
7256
7257 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7258
7259 static void
7260 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
7261 {
7262 int say_where = 0;
7263 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
7264 struct value_print_options opts;
7265
7266 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7267
7268 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
7269 b->ops->print_mention (b);
7270 else
7271 switch (b->type)
7272 {
7273 case bp_none:
7274 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "),
7275 b->number);
7276 break;
7277 case bp_watchpoint:
7278 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
7279 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
7280 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7281 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7282 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7283 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7284 break;
7285 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7286 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
7287 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
7288 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7289 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7290 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7291 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7292 break;
7293 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7294 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
7295 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
7296 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7297 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7298 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7299 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7300 break;
7301 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7302 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
7303 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
7304 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7305 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7306 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7307 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7308 break;
7309 case bp_breakpoint:
7310 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7311 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7312 {
7313 say_where = 0;
7314 break;
7315 }
7316 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7317 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
7318 else
7319 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
7320 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7321 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
7322 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
7323 say_where = 1;
7324 break;
7325 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7326 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7327 {
7328 say_where = 0;
7329 break;
7330 }
7331 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
7332 say_where = 1;
7333 break;
7334 case bp_tracepoint:
7335 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7336 {
7337 say_where = 0;
7338 break;
7339 }
7340 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
7341 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7342 say_where = 1;
7343 break;
7344 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7345 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7346 {
7347 say_where = 0;
7348 break;
7349 }
7350 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
7351 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7352 say_where = 1;
7353 break;
7354 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7355 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7356 {
7357 say_where = 0;
7358 break;
7359 }
7360 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
7361 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7362 say_where = 1;
7363 break;
7364
7365 case bp_until:
7366 case bp_finish:
7367 case bp_longjmp:
7368 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7369 case bp_exception:
7370 case bp_exception_resume:
7371 case bp_step_resume:
7372 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7373 case bp_call_dummy:
7374 case bp_std_terminate:
7375 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7376 case bp_shlib_event:
7377 case bp_thread_event:
7378 case bp_overlay_event:
7379 case bp_jit_event:
7380 case bp_longjmp_master:
7381 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7382 case bp_exception_master:
7383 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7384 break;
7385 }
7386
7387 if (say_where)
7388 {
7389 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
7390 single string. */
7391 if (b->loc == NULL)
7392 {
7393 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
7394 }
7395 else
7396 {
7397 if (opts.addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
7398 {
7399 printf_filtered (" at ");
7400 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
7401 gdb_stdout);
7402 }
7403 if (b->source_file)
7404 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
7405 b->source_file, b->line_number);
7406
7407 if (b->loc->next)
7408 {
7409 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
7410 int n = 0;
7411 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7412 ++n;
7413 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
7414 }
7415
7416 }
7417 }
7418 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7419 return;
7420 printf_filtered ("\n");
7421 }
7422 \f
7423
7424 static struct bp_location *
7425 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7426 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7427 {
7428 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
7429
7430 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
7431 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
7432 ;
7433 *tmp = loc;
7434 loc->gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7435 if (!loc->gdbarch)
7436 loc->gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
7437 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
7438 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7439 loc->requested_address, b->type);
7440 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
7441 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
7442 loc->section = sal->section;
7443
7444 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
7445 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
7446 return loc;
7447 }
7448 \f
7449
7450 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7451 return 0 otherwise. */
7452
7453 static int
7454 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
7455 {
7456 int len;
7457 CORE_ADDR addr;
7458 const gdb_byte *brk;
7459 gdb_byte *target_mem;
7460 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7461 int retval = 0;
7462
7463 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
7464
7465 addr = loc->address;
7466 brk = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
7467
7468 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7469 if (brk == NULL)
7470 return 0;
7471
7472 target_mem = alloca (len);
7473
7474 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7475 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7476 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7477 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7478
7479 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
7480 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7481
7482 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
7483 && memcmp (target_mem, brk, len) == 0)
7484 retval = 1;
7485
7486 do_cleanups (cleanup);
7487
7488 return retval;
7489 }
7490
7491
7492
7493 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7494 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7495 as condition expression. */
7496
7497 static void
7498 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7499 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7500 char *cond_string,
7501 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7502 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7503 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7504 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7505 {
7506 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
7507 int i;
7508
7509 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7510 {
7511 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7512 int target_resources_ok =
7513 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7514 i + 1, 0);
7515 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7516 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7517 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7518 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7519 }
7520
7521 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
7522
7523 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7524 {
7525 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
7526 struct bp_location *loc;
7527
7528 if (from_tty)
7529 {
7530 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
7531 if (!loc_gdbarch)
7532 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
7533
7534 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
7535 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
7536 }
7537
7538 if (i == 0)
7539 {
7540 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
7541 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
7542 b->thread = thread;
7543 b->task = task;
7544
7545 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7546 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7547 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7548 b->disposition = disposition;
7549 b->pspace = sals.sals[0].pspace;
7550
7551 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
7552 {
7553 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
7554
7555 if (is_marker_spec (addr_string))
7556 {
7557 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7558 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7559 char *p = &addr_string[3];
7560 char *endp;
7561 char *marker_str;
7562 int i;
7563
7564 p = skip_spaces (p);
7565
7566 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7567
7568 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7569 b->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
7570
7571 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7572 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7573 b->static_trace_marker_id);
7574 }
7575 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
7576 {
7577 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
7578 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
7579
7580 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7581 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7582 b->static_trace_marker_id);
7583 }
7584 else
7585 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7586 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7587 }
7588
7589 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
7590 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
7591 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
7592 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
7593
7594 loc = b->loc;
7595 }
7596 else
7597 {
7598 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7599 }
7600
7601 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
7602 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7603
7604 if (b->cond_string)
7605 {
7606 char *arg = b->cond_string;
7607 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
7608 if (*arg)
7609 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
7610 }
7611 }
7612
7613 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
7614 if (addr_string)
7615 b->addr_string = addr_string;
7616 else
7617 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7618 me. */
7619 b->addr_string
7620 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7621
7622 b->ops = ops;
7623 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
7624 notify observers. */
7625 if (!internal)
7626 mention (b);
7627 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
7628 }
7629
7630 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
7631 elements to fill the void space. */
7632 static void
7633 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
7634 {
7635 int i = index_to_remove+1;
7636 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
7637
7638 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
7639 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
7640
7641 --(sal->nelts);
7642 }
7643
7644 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
7645 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
7646 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
7647 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
7648 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
7649 single expanded sal, return the original.
7650
7651 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
7652 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
7653 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
7654 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
7655 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
7656
7657 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7658 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7659 {
7660 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7661 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
7662 char *original_function = NULL;
7663 int found;
7664 int i;
7665 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7666
7667 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
7668 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
7669 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
7670 {
7671 expanded.nelts = 1;
7672 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7673 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7674 return expanded;
7675 }
7676
7677 sal.pc = 0;
7678
7679 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7680
7681 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace);
7682
7683 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
7684
7685 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
7686 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
7687
7688 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
7689 {
7690 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
7691 past the function prologue if necessary. */
7692 xfree (expanded.sals);
7693 expanded.nelts = 1;
7694 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7695 sal.pc = original_pc;
7696 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7697 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[0]);
7698 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7699 return expanded;
7700 }
7701
7702 if (!sal.explicit_line)
7703 {
7704 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
7705 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7706 {
7707 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
7708 char *this_function;
7709
7710 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
7711 read memory. */
7712 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded.sals[i].pspace);
7713
7714 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
7715 &func_addr, &func_end))
7716 {
7717 if (this_function
7718 && strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
7719 {
7720 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
7721 --i;
7722 }
7723 }
7724 }
7725 }
7726
7727 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7728 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7729 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[i]);
7730
7731 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7732
7733 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
7734 {
7735 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero expanded sals
7736 then something is really wrong. Fix that by returning the
7737 original sal. */
7738
7739 xfree (expanded.sals);
7740 expanded.nelts = 1;
7741 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7742 sal.pc = original_pc;
7743 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7744 return expanded;
7745 }
7746
7747 if (original_pc)
7748 {
7749 found = 0;
7750 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7751 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
7752 {
7753 found = 1;
7754 break;
7755 }
7756 gdb_assert (found);
7757 }
7758
7759 return expanded;
7760 }
7761
7762 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7763 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7764 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7765 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7766 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7767 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7768 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7769 we take just a single condition string.
7770
7771 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7772 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7773 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7774 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7775 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7776
7777 static void
7778 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7779 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
7780 struct linespec_result *canonical,
7781 char *cond_string,
7782 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7783 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7784 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7785 int enabled, int internal)
7786 {
7787 int i;
7788
7789 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7790 {
7791 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
7792 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
7793
7794 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, canonical->canonical[i],
7795 cond_string, type, disposition,
7796 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7797 from_tty, enabled, internal,
7798 canonical->special_display);
7799 }
7800 }
7801
7802 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7803 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7804 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7805 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7806
7807 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7808 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7809
7810 static void
7811 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7812 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
7813 struct linespec_result *canonical)
7814 {
7815 char *addr_start = *address;
7816
7817 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7818 breakpoint. */
7819 if ((*address) == NULL
7820 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7821 {
7822 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
7823 {
7824 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7825
7826 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7827 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7828 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7829 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
7830 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
7831 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
7832 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace;
7833 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7834
7835 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7836 where PC is the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure
7837 to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to
7838 expand the list of sals to include all other instances
7839 with the same symtab and line. */
7840 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7841
7842 sals->sals[0] = sal;
7843 sals->nelts = 1;
7844 }
7845 else
7846 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7847 }
7848 else
7849 {
7850 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7851 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7852 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7853 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
7854
7855 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
7856 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
7857
7858 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
7859
7860 if (default_breakpoint_valid
7861 && (!cursal.symtab
7862 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
7863 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
7864 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
7865 default_breakpoint_line, canonical);
7866 else
7867 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7868 canonical);
7869 }
7870 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
7871 if (sals->nelts > 0 && canonical->canonical == NULL)
7872 canonical->canonical = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char *));
7873 if (addr_start != (*address))
7874 {
7875 int i;
7876
7877 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7878 {
7879 /* Add the string if not present. */
7880 if (canonical->canonical[i] == NULL)
7881 canonical->canonical[i] = savestring (addr_start,
7882 (*address) - addr_start);
7883 }
7884 }
7885 }
7886
7887
7888 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7889 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7890
7891 static void
7892 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7893 {
7894 int i;
7895
7896 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7897 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7898 }
7899
7900 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7901 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7902 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7903 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7904 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7905 it, etc. */
7906
7907 static void
7908 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7909 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7910 {
7911 int i, rslt;
7912 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7913 char *msg;
7914 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7915
7916 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7917 {
7918 sal = &sals->sals[i];
7919
7920 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch, sal->pc,
7921 NULL, &msg);
7922 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7923
7924 if (!rslt)
7925 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7926 paddress (gdbarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7927
7928 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7929 }
7930 }
7931
7932 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7933 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7934 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7935 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7936 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7937 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7938 static void
7939 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7940 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7941 {
7942 *cond_string = NULL;
7943 *thread = -1;
7944 while (tok && *tok)
7945 {
7946 char *end_tok;
7947 int toklen;
7948 char *cond_start = NULL;
7949 char *cond_end = NULL;
7950
7951 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
7952
7953 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
7954
7955 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7956
7957 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7958 {
7959 struct expression *expr;
7960
7961 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7962 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7963 xfree (expr);
7964 cond_end = tok;
7965 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
7966 cond_end - cond_start);
7967 }
7968 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7969 {
7970 char *tmptok;
7971
7972 tok = end_tok + 1;
7973 tmptok = tok;
7974 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7975 if (tok == tmptok)
7976 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7977 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
7978 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
7979 }
7980 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
7981 {
7982 char *tmptok;
7983
7984 tok = end_tok + 1;
7985 tmptok = tok;
7986 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7987 if (tok == tmptok)
7988 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7989 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
7990 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
7991 }
7992 else
7993 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7994 }
7995 }
7996
7997 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7998
7999 static struct symtabs_and_lines
8000 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
8001 {
8002 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
8003 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8004 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8005 struct symbol *sym;
8006 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8007 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
8008 char *endp;
8009 char *marker_str;
8010 int i;
8011
8012 p = skip_spaces (p);
8013
8014 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8015
8016 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8017 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
8018
8019 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
8020 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
8021 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
8022
8023 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
8024 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
8025
8026 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8027 {
8028 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
8029
8030 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
8031
8032 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
8033
8034 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
8035 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
8036
8037 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
8038 }
8039
8040 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8041
8042 *arg_p = endp;
8043 return sals;
8044 }
8045
8046 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
8047 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
8048 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
8049 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
8050 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
8051 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
8052 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
8053 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
8054 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
8055 false otherwise. */
8056
8057 int
8058 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8059 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
8060 int parse_condition_and_thread,
8061 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
8062 int ignore_count,
8063 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
8064 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8065 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal)
8066 {
8067 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
8068 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8069 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
8070 char *copy_arg;
8071 char *addr_start = arg;
8072 struct linespec_result canonical;
8073 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8074 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
8075 int i;
8076 int pending = 0;
8077 int task = 0;
8078 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
8079
8080 sals.sals = NULL;
8081 sals.nelts = 0;
8082 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
8083
8084 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (arg))
8085 {
8086 int i;
8087
8088 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
8089
8090 copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, arg - addr_start);
8091 canonical.canonical = xcalloc (sals.nelts, sizeof (char *));
8092 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8093 canonical.canonical[i] = xstrdup (copy_arg);
8094 goto done;
8095 }
8096
8097 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
8098 {
8099 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &sals, &canonical);
8100 }
8101
8102 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
8103 switch (e.reason)
8104 {
8105 case RETURN_QUIT:
8106 throw_exception (e);
8107 case RETURN_ERROR:
8108 switch (e.error)
8109 {
8110 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
8111
8112 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
8113 error. */
8114
8115 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
8116 throw_exception (e);
8117
8118 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
8119
8120 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
8121 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
8122 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
8123 && !nquery (_("Make breakpoint pending on "
8124 "future shared library load? ")))
8125 return 0;
8126
8127 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
8128 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
8129 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
8130 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
8131 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
8132 canonical.canonical = &copy_arg;
8133 sals.nelts = 1;
8134 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
8135 pending_sal.pc = 0;
8136 pending = 1;
8137 break;
8138 default:
8139 throw_exception (e);
8140 }
8141 break;
8142 default:
8143 if (!sals.nelts)
8144 return 0;
8145 }
8146
8147 done:
8148
8149 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
8150 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
8151
8152 if (!pending)
8153 {
8154 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
8155 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
8156
8157 /* Cleanup the canonical array but not its contents. */
8158 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical.canonical);
8159 }
8160
8161 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
8162 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
8163 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
8164 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
8165 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
8166
8167 /* Mark the contents of the canonical for cleanup. These go on
8168 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
8169 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8170 {
8171 if (canonical.canonical[i] != NULL)
8172 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical.canonical[i]);
8173 }
8174
8175 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
8176 are ok for the target. */
8177 if (!pending)
8178 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals);
8179
8180 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
8181 if (type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
8182 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &sals);
8183
8184 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
8185 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
8186 breakpoint. */
8187 if (!pending)
8188 {
8189 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
8190 {
8191 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
8192 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
8193 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
8194 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
8195 cond_string = NULL;
8196 thread = -1;
8197 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
8198 &thread, &task);
8199 if (cond_string)
8200 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8201 }
8202 else
8203 {
8204 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8205 if (cond_string)
8206 {
8207 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
8208 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8209 }
8210 }
8211
8212 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
8213 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
8214 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
8215 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
8216 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
8217 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
8218 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint
8219 && is_marker_spec (canonical.canonical[0]))
8220 {
8221 int i;
8222
8223 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8224 {
8225 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
8226 struct breakpoint *tp;
8227 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8228
8229 expanded.nelts = 1;
8230 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
8231 expanded.sals[0] = sals.sals[i];
8232 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, expanded.sals);
8233
8234 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, canonical.canonical[i],
8235 cond_string, type_wanted,
8236 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
8237 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8238 from_tty, enabled, internal,
8239 canonical.special_display);
8240
8241 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8242
8243 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
8244 if (internal)
8245 tp = get_breakpoint (internal_breakpoint_number);
8246 else
8247 tp = get_breakpoint (breakpoint_count);
8248 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
8249
8250 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
8251 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
8252 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
8253 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
8254 try to match up which of the newly found markers
8255 corresponds to this one */
8256 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
8257 }
8258 }
8259 else
8260 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, sals, &canonical, cond_string,
8261 type_wanted,
8262 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
8263 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
8264 enabled, internal);
8265 }
8266 else
8267 {
8268 struct breakpoint *b;
8269
8270 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
8271
8272 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch, type_wanted);
8273 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8274 b->thread = -1;
8275 b->addr_string = canonical.canonical[0];
8276 b->cond_string = NULL;
8277 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8278 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8279 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
8280 b->ops = ops;
8281 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8282 b->pspace = current_program_space;
8283 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
8284
8285 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
8286 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
8287 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
8288 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
8289
8290 if (!internal)
8291 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number,
8292 but do notify observers. */
8293 mention (b);
8294 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8295 }
8296
8297 if (sals.nelts > 1)
8298 {
8299 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8300 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8301 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
8302 }
8303
8304 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8305 breakpoint. */
8306 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
8307 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8308 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8309
8310 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8311 update_global_location_list (1);
8312
8313 return 1;
8314 }
8315
8316 /* Set a breakpoint.
8317 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8318 condition, and thread.
8319 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8320 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8321 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
8322
8323 static void
8324 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
8325 {
8326 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
8327 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8328 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8329 : bp_breakpoint);
8330
8331 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8332 arg,
8333 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8334 tempflag, type_wanted,
8335 0 /* Ignore count */,
8336 pending_break_support,
8337 NULL /* breakpoint_ops */,
8338 from_tty,
8339 1 /* enabled */,
8340 0 /* internal */);
8341 }
8342
8343
8344 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8345
8346 void
8347 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8348 {
8349 CORE_ADDR pc;
8350
8351 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8352 {
8353 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
8354 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8355 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
8356 sal->pc = pc;
8357
8358 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8359 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8360 if (sal->explicit_line)
8361 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
8362 }
8363
8364 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8365 {
8366 struct blockvector *bv;
8367 struct block *b;
8368 struct symbol *sym;
8369
8370 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
8371 if (bv != NULL)
8372 {
8373 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
8374 if (sym != NULL)
8375 {
8376 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
8377 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
8378 }
8379 else
8380 {
8381 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8382 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8383 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8384 happen in assembly source). */
8385
8386 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
8387 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8388
8389 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
8390
8391 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
8392 if (msym)
8393 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
8394
8395 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8396 }
8397 }
8398 }
8399 }
8400
8401 void
8402 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8403 {
8404 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8405 }
8406
8407 void
8408 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8409 {
8410 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8411 }
8412
8413 static void
8414 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8415 {
8416 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8417 }
8418
8419 static void
8420 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8421 {
8422 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8423 }
8424
8425 static void
8426 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8427 {
8428 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8429 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8430 stop at <line>\n"));
8431 }
8432
8433 static void
8434 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8435 {
8436 int badInput = 0;
8437
8438 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8439 badInput = 1;
8440 else if (*arg != '*')
8441 {
8442 char *argptr = arg;
8443 int hasColon = 0;
8444
8445 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8446 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8447 function/method name. */
8448 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8449 {
8450 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8451 argptr++;
8452 }
8453
8454 if (hasColon)
8455 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8456 else
8457 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
8458 }
8459
8460 if (badInput)
8461 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8462 else
8463 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8464 }
8465
8466 static void
8467 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8468 {
8469 int badInput = 0;
8470
8471 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
8472 badInput = 1;
8473 else
8474 {
8475 char *argptr = arg;
8476 int hasColon = 0;
8477
8478 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8479 it is probably a line number. */
8480 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8481 {
8482 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8483 argptr++;
8484 }
8485
8486 if (hasColon)
8487 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
8488 else
8489 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
8490 }
8491
8492 if (badInput)
8493 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8494 else
8495 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8496 }
8497
8498 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8499 ranged breakpoints. */
8500
8501 static int
8502 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8503 struct address_space *aspace,
8504 CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
8505 {
8506 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
8507 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
8508 }
8509
8510 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8511 ranged breakpoints. */
8512
8513 static int
8514 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8515 {
8516 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8517 }
8518
8519 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8520 ranged breakpoints. */
8521
8522 static enum print_stop_action
8523 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8524 {
8525 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8526
8527 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8528
8529 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8530 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8531
8532 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
8533 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8534 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8535 else
8536 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8537 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8538 {
8539 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8540 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
8541 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8542 }
8543 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8544 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
8545
8546 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8547 }
8548
8549 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8550 ranged breakpoints. */
8551
8552 static void
8553 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8554 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8555 {
8556 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8557 struct value_print_options opts;
8558
8559 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8560 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8561
8562 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8563
8564 if (opts.addressprint)
8565 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8566 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8567 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8568 annotate_field (5);
8569 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
8570 *last_loc = bl;
8571 }
8572
8573 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8574 ranged breakpoints. */
8575
8576 static void
8577 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8578 struct ui_out *uiout)
8579 {
8580 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
8581 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8582 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8583 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8584
8585 gdb_assert (bl);
8586
8587 address_start = bl->address;
8588 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
8589
8590 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
8591 fprintf_unfiltered (stb->stream, "[%s, %s]",
8592 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
8593 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
8594 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
8595 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8596
8597 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8598 }
8599
8600 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8601 ranged breakpoints. */
8602
8603 static void
8604 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8605 {
8606 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8607
8608 gdb_assert (bl);
8609 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8610
8611 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8612 return;
8613
8614 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8615 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
8616 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
8617 }
8618
8619 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8620 ranged breakpoints. */
8621
8622 static void
8623 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8624 {
8625 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
8626 b->addr_string_range_end);
8627 }
8628
8629 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8630
8631 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops =
8632 {
8633 NULL, /* dtor */
8634 NULL, /* insert */
8635 NULL, /* remove */
8636 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint,
8637 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint,
8638 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
8639 print_it_ranged_breakpoint,
8640 print_one_ranged_breakpoint,
8641 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint,
8642 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint,
8643 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
8644 };
8645
8646 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8647 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8648 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8649 last instruction of the given line. */
8650
8651 static CORE_ADDR
8652 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
8653 {
8654 CORE_ADDR end;
8655
8656 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8657 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8658 if (sal.explicit_pc)
8659 end = sal.pc;
8660 else
8661 {
8662 int ret;
8663 CORE_ADDR start;
8664
8665 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
8666 if (!ret)
8667 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8668
8669 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8670 end--;
8671 }
8672
8673 return end;
8674 }
8675
8676 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8677
8678 static void
8679 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8680 {
8681 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
8682 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
8683 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
8684 CORE_ADDR end;
8685 struct breakpoint *b;
8686 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
8687 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_start, sals_end;
8688 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
8689
8690 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8691 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8692 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8693
8694 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8695 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8696 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8697 bp_count, 0);
8698 if (can_use_bp < 0)
8699 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8700
8701 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
8702 error(_("No address range specified."));
8703
8704 sals_start.sals = NULL;
8705 sals_start.nelts = 0;
8706 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8707
8708 while (*arg == ' ' || *arg == '\t')
8709 arg++;
8710
8711 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &sals_start, &canonical_start);
8712
8713 sal_start = sals_start.sals[0];
8714 addr_string_start = canonical_start.canonical[0];
8715 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
8716 xfree (sals_start.sals);
8717 xfree (canonical_start.canonical);
8718
8719 if (arg[0] != ',')
8720 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8721 else if (sals_start.nelts == 0)
8722 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8723 else if (sals_start.nelts != 1)
8724 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8725
8726 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_start);
8727
8728 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
8729 while (*arg == ' ' || *arg == '\t')
8730 arg++;
8731
8732 /* Parse the end location. */
8733
8734 sals_end.sals = NULL;
8735 sals_end.nelts = 0;
8736 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8737 arg_start = arg;
8738
8739 /* We call decode_line_1 directly here instead of using
8740 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8741 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8742 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8743 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8744 sals_end = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
8745 &canonical_end);
8746
8747 /* canonical_end can be NULL if it was of the form "*0xdeadbeef". */
8748 if (canonical_end.canonical == NULL)
8749 canonical_end.canonical = xcalloc (1, sizeof (char *));
8750 /* Add the string if not present. */
8751 if (arg_start != arg && canonical_end.canonical[0] == NULL)
8752 canonical_end.canonical[0] = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8753
8754 sal_end = sals_end.sals[0];
8755 addr_string_end = canonical_end.canonical[0];
8756 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
8757 xfree (sals_end.sals);
8758 xfree (canonical_end.canonical);
8759
8760 if (sals_end.nelts == 0)
8761 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8762 else if (sals_end.nelts != 1)
8763 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8764
8765 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_end);
8766
8767 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
8768 if (sal_start.pc > end)
8769 error (_("Invalid address range, end preceeds start."));
8770
8771 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
8772 if (length < 0)
8773 /* Length overflowed. */
8774 error (_("Address range too large."));
8775 else if (length == 1)
8776 {
8777 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8778 the `hbreak' command. */
8779 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
8780
8781 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8782
8783 return;
8784 }
8785
8786 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8787 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
8788 bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8789 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8790 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8791 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8792 b->addr_string = addr_string_start;
8793 b->addr_string_range_end = addr_string_end;
8794 b->ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
8795 b->loc->length = length;
8796
8797 discard_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8798
8799 mention (b);
8800 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8801 update_global_location_list (1);
8802 }
8803
8804 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8805 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8806 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8807 zero. */
8808 static int
8809 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
8810 {
8811 int i = exp->nelts;
8812
8813 while (i > 0)
8814 {
8815 int oplenp, argsp;
8816
8817 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8818 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
8819 i -= oplenp;
8820
8821 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
8822 {
8823 case BINOP_ADD:
8824 case BINOP_SUB:
8825 case BINOP_MUL:
8826 case BINOP_DIV:
8827 case BINOP_REM:
8828 case BINOP_MOD:
8829 case BINOP_LSH:
8830 case BINOP_RSH:
8831 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
8832 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
8833 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
8834 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
8835 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
8836 case BINOP_EQUAL:
8837 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
8838 case BINOP_LESS:
8839 case BINOP_GTR:
8840 case BINOP_LEQ:
8841 case BINOP_GEQ:
8842 case BINOP_REPEAT:
8843 case BINOP_COMMA:
8844 case BINOP_EXP:
8845 case BINOP_MIN:
8846 case BINOP_MAX:
8847 case BINOP_INTDIV:
8848 case BINOP_CONCAT:
8849 case BINOP_IN:
8850 case BINOP_RANGE:
8851 case TERNOP_COND:
8852 case TERNOP_SLICE:
8853 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
8854
8855 case OP_LONG:
8856 case OP_DOUBLE:
8857 case OP_DECFLOAT:
8858 case OP_LAST:
8859 case OP_COMPLEX:
8860 case OP_STRING:
8861 case OP_BITSTRING:
8862 case OP_ARRAY:
8863 case OP_TYPE:
8864 case OP_NAME:
8865 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
8866
8867 case UNOP_NEG:
8868 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
8869 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
8870 case UNOP_ADDR:
8871 case UNOP_HIGH:
8872 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8873 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8874 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8875 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8876
8877 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8878 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8879 ADDR is. */
8880 break;
8881
8882 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
8883 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8884
8885 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8886 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8887 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8888 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8889
8890 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8891 are always constant. */
8892 {
8893 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
8894
8895 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
8896 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
8897 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
8898 return 0;
8899 break;
8900 }
8901
8902 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8903 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8904 then it is not a constant. */
8905 default:
8906 return 0;
8907 }
8908 }
8909
8910 return 1;
8911 }
8912
8913 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8914
8915 static int
8916 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8917 {
8918 int length = bl->owner->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8919
8920 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8921 bl->owner->cond_exp);
8922 }
8923
8924 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8925
8926 static int
8927 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8928 {
8929 int length = bl->owner->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8930
8931 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8932 bl->owner->cond_exp);
8933 }
8934
8935 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8936 hardware watchpoints. */
8937
8938 static int
8939 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8940 {
8941 int length = bl->owner->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8942
8943 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
8944 }
8945
8946 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8947 hardware watchpoints. */
8948
8949 int
8950 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8951 {
8952 return b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
8953 }
8954
8955 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8956
8957 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops =
8958 {
8959 NULL, /* dtor */
8960 insert_watchpoint,
8961 remove_watchpoint,
8962 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
8963 resources_needed_watchpoint,
8964 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint,
8965 NULL, /* print_it */
8966 NULL, /* print_one */
8967 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
8968 NULL, /* print_mention */
8969 NULL /* print_recreate */
8970 };
8971
8972 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8973 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8974
8975 static int
8976 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8977 {
8978 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, bl->owner->hw_wp_mask,
8979 bl->watchpoint_type);
8980 }
8981
8982 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8983 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8984
8985 static int
8986 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8987 {
8988 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, bl->owner->hw_wp_mask,
8989 bl->watchpoint_type);
8990 }
8991
8992 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8993 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8994
8995 static int
8996 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8997 {
8998 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address,
8999 bl->owner->hw_wp_mask);
9000 }
9001
9002 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
9003 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9004
9005 static int
9006 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9007 {
9008 return 0;
9009 }
9010
9011 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9012 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9013
9014 static enum print_stop_action
9015 print_it_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9016 {
9017 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9018 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
9019
9020 switch (b->type)
9021 {
9022 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9023 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9024 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9025 ui_out_field_string
9026 (uiout, "reason",
9027 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9028 break;
9029
9030 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9031 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9032 ui_out_field_string
9033 (uiout, "reason",
9034 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9035 break;
9036
9037 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9038 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9039 ui_out_field_string
9040 (uiout, "reason",
9041 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9042 break;
9043 default:
9044 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9045 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9046 }
9047
9048 mention (b);
9049 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
9050 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
9051 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
9052 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9053
9054 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9055 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9056 }
9057
9058 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9059 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9060
9061 static void
9062 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9063 struct ui_out *uiout)
9064 {
9065 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9066 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
9067
9068 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
9069 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, b->hw_wp_mask);
9070 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9071 }
9072
9073 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9074 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9075
9076 static void
9077 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9078 {
9079 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
9080
9081 switch (b->type)
9082 {
9083 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9084 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
9085 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9086 break;
9087 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9088 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
9089 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
9090 break;
9091 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9092 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9093 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
9094 break;
9095 default:
9096 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9097 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9098 }
9099
9100 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
9101 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
9102 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
9103 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
9104 }
9105
9106 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9107 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9108
9109 static void
9110 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9111 {
9112 char tmp[40];
9113
9114 switch (b->type)
9115 {
9116 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9117 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
9118 break;
9119 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9120 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
9121 break;
9122 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9123 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
9124 break;
9125 default:
9126 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9127 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9128 }
9129
9130 sprintf_vma (tmp, b->hw_wp_mask);
9131 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", b->exp_string, tmp);
9132 }
9133
9134 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9135
9136 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops =
9137 {
9138 NULL, /* dtor */
9139 insert_masked_watchpoint,
9140 remove_masked_watchpoint,
9141 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
9142 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint,
9143 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint,
9144 print_it_masked_watchpoint,
9145 NULL, /* print_one */
9146 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint,
9147 print_mention_masked_watchpoint,
9148 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
9149 };
9150
9151 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9152
9153 static int
9154 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9155 {
9156 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9157 }
9158
9159 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9160 hw_read: watch read,
9161 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9162 static void
9163 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
9164 int just_location, int internal)
9165 {
9166 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9167 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
9168 struct expression *exp;
9169 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
9170 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
9171 struct frame_info *frame;
9172 char *exp_start = NULL;
9173 char *exp_end = NULL;
9174 char *tok, *end_tok;
9175 int toklen = -1;
9176 char *cond_start = NULL;
9177 char *cond_end = NULL;
9178 enum bptype bp_type;
9179 int thread = -1;
9180 int pc = 0;
9181 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9182 the hardware watchpoint. */
9183 int use_mask = 0;
9184 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
9185
9186 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9187 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
9188 {
9189 char *value_start;
9190
9191 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9192 of the arguments string. */
9193 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
9194 {
9195 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9196 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9197 tok--;
9198
9199 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9200 This is the value of the parameter. */
9201 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9202 tok--;
9203 value_start = tok + 1;
9204
9205 /* Skip whitespace. */
9206 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9207 tok--;
9208
9209 end_tok = tok;
9210
9211 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9212 This is the parameter itself. */
9213 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9214 tok--;
9215 tok++;
9216 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
9217
9218 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
9219 {
9220 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9221 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9222 only in a specific thread. */
9223 char *endp;
9224
9225 if (thread != -1)
9226 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9227
9228 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9229 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
9230
9231 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9232 thread ID. */
9233 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
9234 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
9235
9236 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9237 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
9238 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
9239 }
9240 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
9241 {
9242 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9243 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9244 facility. */
9245 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
9246
9247 if (use_mask)
9248 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9249
9250 use_mask = just_location = 1;
9251
9252 mark = value_mark ();
9253 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
9254 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
9255 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9256 }
9257 else
9258 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9259 break;
9260
9261 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9262 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9263 *tok = '\0';
9264 }
9265 }
9266
9267 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9268 innermost_block = NULL;
9269 exp_start = arg;
9270 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
9271 exp_end = arg;
9272 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9273 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9274 prettier. */
9275 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
9276 --exp_end;
9277
9278 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9279 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
9280 {
9281 int len;
9282
9283 len = exp_end - exp_start;
9284 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
9285 len--;
9286 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
9287 }
9288
9289 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9290 mark = value_mark ();
9291 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
9292
9293 if (just_location)
9294 {
9295 int ret;
9296
9297 exp_valid_block = NULL;
9298 val = value_addr (result);
9299 release_value (val);
9300 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9301
9302 if (use_mask)
9303 {
9304 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
9305 mask);
9306 if (ret == -1)
9307 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9308 else if (ret == -2)
9309 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9310 }
9311 }
9312 else if (val != NULL)
9313 release_value (val);
9314
9315 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
9316 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9317
9318 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9319 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9320 {
9321 struct expression *cond;
9322
9323 innermost_block = NULL;
9324 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9325 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
9326
9327 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9328 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9329 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9330
9331 xfree (cond);
9332 cond_end = tok;
9333 }
9334 if (*tok)
9335 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9336
9337 if (accessflag == hw_read)
9338 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
9339 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
9340 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
9341 else
9342 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9343
9344 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
9345
9346 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9347 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9348 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9349 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9350 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
9351 {
9352 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9353 {
9354 scope_breakpoint
9355 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9356 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
9357 bp_watchpoint_scope);
9358
9359 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9360
9361 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9362 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
9363
9364 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9365 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
9366
9367 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9368 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
9369 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
9370 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
9371 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9372 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
9373 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
9374 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
9375 scope_breakpoint->type);
9376 }
9377 }
9378
9379 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9380 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL, bp_type);
9381 b->thread = thread;
9382 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9383 b->exp = exp;
9384 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
9385 b->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
9386 if (just_location)
9387 {
9388 struct type *t = value_type (val);
9389 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
9390 char *name;
9391
9392 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
9393 name = type_to_string (t);
9394
9395 b->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
9396 core_addr_to_string (addr));
9397 xfree (name);
9398
9399 b->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9400 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
9401
9402 /* The above expression is in C. */
9403 b->language = language_c;
9404 }
9405 else
9406 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
9407
9408 if (use_mask)
9409 {
9410 b->hw_wp_mask = mask;
9411 b->ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9412 }
9413 else
9414 {
9415 b->val = val;
9416 b->val_valid = 1;
9417 b->ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9418 }
9419
9420 if (cond_start)
9421 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9422 else
9423 b->cond_string = 0;
9424
9425 if (frame)
9426 {
9427 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
9428 b->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
9429 }
9430 else
9431 {
9432 b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
9433 b->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
9434 }
9435
9436 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
9437 {
9438 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9439 need to act on them together. */
9440 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
9441 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
9442 }
9443
9444 if (!just_location)
9445 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9446
9447 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9448 {
9449 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9450 that should be inserted. */
9451 update_watchpoint (b, 1);
9452 }
9453 if (e.reason < 0)
9454 {
9455 delete_breakpoint (b);
9456 throw_exception (e);
9457 }
9458
9459 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
9460
9461 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
9462 notify observers. */
9463 if (!internal)
9464 mention (b);
9465 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
9466
9467 update_global_location_list (1);
9468 }
9469
9470 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9471 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9472
9473 static int
9474 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
9475 {
9476 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
9477 struct value *head = v;
9478
9479 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9480 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
9481 return 0;
9482
9483 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9484 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9485 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9486 hardware watchpoint.
9487
9488 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9489 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9490 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9491 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9492 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9493 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9494 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9495 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9496 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9497
9498 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9499 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9500 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9501 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9502 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
9503 {
9504 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
9505 {
9506 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
9507 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9508 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9509 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9510 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9511 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9512 ;
9513 else
9514 {
9515 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9516 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9517 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
9518
9519 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9520 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9521 middle of some value chain. */
9522 if (v == head
9523 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9524 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
9525 {
9526 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
9527 int len;
9528 int num_regs;
9529
9530 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
9531 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
9532 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
9533
9534 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
9535 if (!num_regs)
9536 return 0;
9537 else
9538 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
9539 }
9540 }
9541 }
9542 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
9543 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
9544 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9545 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
9546 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9547 }
9548
9549 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9550 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9551 return found_memory_cnt;
9552 }
9553
9554 void
9555 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9556 {
9557 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
9558 }
9559
9560 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9561 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9562 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9563 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9564
9565 static int
9566 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
9567 {
9568 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
9569 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
9570 {
9571 *str += arg_len;
9572 return 1;
9573 }
9574 return 0;
9575 }
9576
9577 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9578 calls watch_command_1. */
9579
9580 static void
9581 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
9582 {
9583 int just_location = 0;
9584
9585 if (arg
9586 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9587 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9588 {
9589 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9590 just_location = 1;
9591 }
9592
9593 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
9594 }
9595
9596 static void
9597 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9598 {
9599 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
9600 }
9601
9602 void
9603 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9604 {
9605 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
9606 }
9607
9608 static void
9609 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9610 {
9611 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
9612 }
9613
9614 void
9615 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9616 {
9617 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
9618 }
9619
9620 static void
9621 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9622 {
9623 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
9624 }
9625 \f
9626
9627 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9628 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9629
9630 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9631 {
9632 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9633 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
9634 int thread_num;
9635 };
9636
9637 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9638 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9639 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9640 command. */
9641 static void
9642 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
9643 {
9644 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
9645
9646 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
9647 if (a->breakpoint2)
9648 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
9649 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
9650 }
9651
9652 void
9653 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
9654 {
9655 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9656 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9657 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
9658 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9659 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
9660 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9661 int thread;
9662 struct thread_info *tp;
9663
9664 clear_proceed_status ();
9665
9666 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9667 this function. */
9668
9669 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
9670 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
9671 default_breakpoint_line, NULL);
9672 else
9673 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
9674
9675 if (sals.nelts != 1)
9676 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9677
9678 sal = sals.sals[0];
9679 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9680
9681 if (*arg)
9682 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9683
9684 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9685
9686 if (anywhere)
9687 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9688 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9689 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9690 null_frame_id, bp_until);
9691 else
9692 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9693 only at the very same frame. */
9694 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9695 get_stack_frame_id (frame),
9696 bp_until);
9697
9698 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
9699
9700 tp = inferior_thread ();
9701 thread = tp->num;
9702
9703 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9704 one. */
9705
9706 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9707 {
9708 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
9709 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9710 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9711 sal,
9712 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
9713 bp_until);
9714 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
9715
9716 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame));
9717 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
9718 }
9719
9720 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
9721
9722 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9723 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9724 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9725 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9726
9727 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
9728 {
9729 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
9730 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
9731
9732 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
9733 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
9734 args->thread_num = thread;
9735
9736 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9737 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9738 until_break_command_continuation, args,
9739 xfree);
9740 }
9741 else
9742 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9743 }
9744
9745 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9746 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9747
9748 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9749 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9750 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9751 if clause in the arg string. */
9752
9753 static char *
9754 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
9755 {
9756 char *cond_string;
9757
9758 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
9759 return NULL;
9760
9761 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9762 (*arg) += 2;
9763
9764 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9765 condition string. */
9766 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
9767 cond_string = *arg;
9768
9769 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9770 string. */
9771 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
9772
9773 return cond_string;
9774 }
9775
9776 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9777 process start/exit, etc. */
9778
9779 typedef enum
9780 {
9781 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
9782 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
9783 }
9784 catch_fork_kind;
9785
9786 static void
9787 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9788 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9789 {
9790 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9791 char *cond_string = NULL;
9792 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
9793 int tempflag;
9794
9795 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
9796 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
9797 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
9798
9799 if (!arg)
9800 arg = "";
9801 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9802
9803 /* The allowed syntax is:
9804 catch [v]fork
9805 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9806
9807 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9808 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9809
9810 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9811 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9812
9813 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9814 and enable reporting of such events. */
9815 switch (fork_kind)
9816 {
9817 case catch_fork_temporary:
9818 case catch_fork_permanent:
9819 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9820 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
9821 break;
9822 case catch_vfork_temporary:
9823 case catch_vfork_permanent:
9824 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9825 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
9826 break;
9827 default:
9828 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9829 break;
9830 }
9831 }
9832
9833 static void
9834 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9835 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9836 {
9837 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9838 int tempflag;
9839 char *cond_string = NULL;
9840
9841 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9842
9843 if (!arg)
9844 arg = "";
9845 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9846
9847 /* The allowed syntax is:
9848 catch exec
9849 catch exec if <cond>
9850
9851 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9852 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9853
9854 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9855 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9856
9857 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
9858 and enable reporting of such events. */
9859 create_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9860 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
9861 }
9862
9863 static enum print_stop_action
9864 print_it_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9865 {
9866 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
9867
9868 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
9869
9870 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9871 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
9872 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
9873 b->loc->address,
9874 b->number, 1);
9875 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9876 ui_out_text (uiout,
9877 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
9878 : "Catchpoint ");
9879 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9880 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9881 ui_out_text (uiout,
9882 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
9883 : " (exception caught), ");
9884 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9885 {
9886 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9887 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9888 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9889 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9890 }
9891 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9892 }
9893
9894 static void
9895 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9896 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9897 {
9898 struct value_print_options opts;
9899
9900 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9901 if (opts.addressprint)
9902 {
9903 annotate_field (4);
9904 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
9905 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9906 else
9907 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
9908 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
9909 }
9910 annotate_field (5);
9911 if (b->loc)
9912 *last_loc = b->loc;
9913 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
9914 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
9915 else
9916 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
9917 }
9918
9919 static void
9920 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9921 {
9922 int bp_temp;
9923 int bp_throw;
9924
9925 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9926 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9927 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9928 : _("Catchpoint "));
9929 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9930 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
9931 : _(" (catch)"));
9932 }
9933
9934 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9935 catch catchpoints. */
9936
9937 static void
9938 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9939 struct ui_file *fp)
9940 {
9941 int bp_temp;
9942 int bp_throw;
9943
9944 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9945 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9946 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9947 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
9948 }
9949
9950 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
9951 NULL, /* dtor */
9952 NULL, /* insert */
9953 NULL, /* remove */
9954 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
9955 NULL, /* resources_needed */
9956 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
9957 print_it_exception_catchpoint,
9958 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
9959 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
9960 print_mention_exception_catchpoint,
9961 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
9962 };
9963
9964 static int
9965 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
9966 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
9967 {
9968 char *trigger_func_name;
9969
9970 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9971 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
9972 else
9973 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
9974
9975 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9976 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
9977 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9978 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
9979 0,
9980 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
9981 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
9982 1 /* enabled */,
9983 0 /* internal */);
9984
9985 return 1;
9986 }
9987
9988 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9989
9990 static void
9991 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
9992 int tempflag, int from_tty)
9993 {
9994 char *cond_string = NULL;
9995
9996 if (!arg)
9997 arg = "";
9998 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9999
10000 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
10001
10002 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
10003 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10004
10005 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
10006 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
10007 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
10008
10009 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
10010 return;
10011
10012 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
10013 }
10014
10015 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
10016
10017 static void
10018 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
10019 {
10020 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10021
10022 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
10023 }
10024
10025 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
10026
10027 static void
10028 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
10029 {
10030 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10031
10032 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
10033 }
10034
10035 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
10036
10037 static void
10038 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
10039 struct symtab_and_line sal,
10040 char *addr_string,
10041 char *exp_string,
10042 char *cond_string,
10043 struct expression *cond,
10044 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
10045 int tempflag,
10046 int from_tty)
10047 {
10048 struct breakpoint *b;
10049
10050 if (from_tty)
10051 {
10052 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
10053 if (!loc_gdbarch)
10054 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
10055
10056 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
10057 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
10058 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
10059 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
10060 used for different exception names will use the same address.
10061 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
10062 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
10063 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
10064 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
10065 enough for now, though. */
10066 }
10067
10068 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint);
10069 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10070
10071 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10072 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10073 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10074 b->ignore_count = 0;
10075 b->loc->cond = cond;
10076 b->addr_string = addr_string;
10077 b->language = language_ada;
10078 b->cond_string = cond_string;
10079 b->exp_string = exp_string;
10080 b->thread = -1;
10081 b->ops = ops;
10082
10083 mention (b);
10084 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10085 update_global_location_list (1);
10086 }
10087
10088 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
10089
10090 static void
10091 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int from_tty,
10092 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10093 {
10094 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10095 int tempflag;
10096 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10097 char *addr_string = NULL;
10098 char *exp_string = NULL;
10099 char *cond_string = NULL;
10100 struct expression *cond = NULL;
10101 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
10102
10103 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10104
10105 if (!arg)
10106 arg = "";
10107 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
10108 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
10109 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, exp_string,
10110 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
10111 from_tty);
10112 }
10113
10114 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
10115 static void
10116 clean_up_filters (void *arg)
10117 {
10118 VEC(int) *iter = *(VEC(int) **) arg;
10119 VEC_free (int, iter);
10120 }
10121
10122 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
10123 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
10124 static VEC(int) *
10125 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
10126 {
10127 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
10128 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (clean_up_filters, &result);
10129
10130 while (*arg != '\0')
10131 {
10132 int i, syscall_number;
10133 char *endptr;
10134 char cur_name[128];
10135 struct syscall s;
10136
10137 /* Skip whitespace. */
10138 while (isspace (*arg))
10139 arg++;
10140
10141 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
10142 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
10143 cur_name[i] = '\0';
10144 arg += i;
10145
10146 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
10147 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
10148 if (*endptr == '\0')
10149 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
10150 else
10151 {
10152 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
10153 to a number. */
10154 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
10155
10156 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
10157 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
10158 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
10159 syscall number to be caught. */
10160 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
10161 }
10162
10163 /* Ok, it's valid. */
10164 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
10165 }
10166
10167 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
10168 return result;
10169 }
10170
10171 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
10172
10173 static void
10174 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10175 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10176 {
10177 int tempflag;
10178 VEC(int) *filter;
10179 struct syscall s;
10180 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10181
10182 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
10183 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
10184 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10185 this architecture yet."));
10186
10187 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10188
10189 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10190
10191 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10192 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10193 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10194 for his/her architecture. */
10195 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
10196
10197 /* The allowed syntax is:
10198 catch syscall
10199 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10200
10201 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10202
10203 if (arg != NULL)
10204 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
10205 else
10206 filter = NULL;
10207
10208 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
10209 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
10210 }
10211
10212 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
10213
10214 static void
10215 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int from_tty,
10216 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10217 {
10218 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10219 int tempflag;
10220 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10221 char *addr_string = NULL;
10222 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
10223
10224 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10225
10226 if (!arg)
10227 arg = "";
10228 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
10229 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL,
10230 ops, tempflag, from_tty);
10231 }
10232
10233 static void
10234 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10235 {
10236 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10237 }
10238 \f
10239
10240 static void
10241 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10242 {
10243 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10244 }
10245
10246 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10247
10248 static void
10249 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10250 {
10251 struct breakpoint *b;
10252 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
10253 int ix;
10254 int default_match;
10255 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10256 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10257 int i;
10258
10259 if (arg)
10260 {
10261 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
10262 default_match = 0;
10263 }
10264 else
10265 {
10266 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
10267 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
10268 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
10269 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10270 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
10271 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
10272 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
10273 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace;
10274 if (sal.symtab == 0)
10275 error (_("No source file specified."));
10276
10277 sals.sals[0] = sal;
10278 sals.nelts = 1;
10279
10280 default_match = 1;
10281 }
10282
10283 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10284 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10285 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10286 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10287
10288 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10289 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10290 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10291 due to optimization, all in one block.
10292
10293 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10294 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10295 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10296 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10297 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10298 to support that. */
10299
10300 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10301 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10302 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10303 breakpoint. */
10304
10305 found = NULL;
10306 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
10307 {
10308 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10309 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10310 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10311 or at default pc.
10312
10313 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10314
10315 0 1 pc
10316 1 1 pc _and_ line
10317 0 0 line
10318 1 0 <can't happen> */
10319
10320 sal = sals.sals[i];
10321
10322 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10323 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10324 {
10325 int match = 0;
10326 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10327 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
10328 {
10329 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10330 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10331 {
10332 int pc_match = sal.pc
10333 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
10334 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
10335 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
10336 || loc->section == sal.section);
10337 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
10338 && b->source_file != NULL
10339 && sal.symtab != NULL
10340 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
10341 && filename_cmp (b->source_file,
10342 sal.symtab->filename) == 0
10343 && b->line_number == sal.line);
10344 if (pc_match || line_match)
10345 {
10346 match = 1;
10347 break;
10348 }
10349 }
10350 }
10351
10352 if (match)
10353 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
10354 }
10355 }
10356 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10357 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
10358 {
10359 if (arg)
10360 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
10361 else
10362 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10363 }
10364
10365 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
10366 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10367 if (from_tty)
10368 {
10369 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
10370 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10371 else
10372 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10373 }
10374 breakpoints_changed ();
10375
10376 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
10377 {
10378 if (from_tty)
10379 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
10380 delete_breakpoint (b);
10381 }
10382 if (from_tty)
10383 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10384 }
10385 \f
10386 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10387 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10388 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10389
10390 void
10391 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
10392 {
10393 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10394
10395 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
10396 if (bs->breakpoint_at
10397 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
10398 && bs->stop)
10399 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
10400
10401 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10402 {
10403 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
10404 delete_breakpoint (b);
10405 }
10406 }
10407
10408 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10409 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10410 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10411 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10412 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10413 qsort being an instable algorithm. */
10414
10415 static int
10416 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
10417 {
10418 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
10419 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
10420 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10421 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10422 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10423
10424 if (a->address != b->address)
10425 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
10426
10427 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10428 if (a_perm != b_perm)
10429 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
10430
10431 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10432 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10433
10434 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
10435 return (a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
10436 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number);
10437
10438 return (a > b) - (a < b);
10439 }
10440
10441 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10442 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10443 content of the bp_location array. */
10444
10445 static void
10446 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10447 {
10448 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10449
10450 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
10451 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
10452
10453 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10454 {
10455 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
10456
10457 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
10458 continue;
10459
10460 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
10461 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
10462
10463 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
10464 addr = bl->address - start;
10465 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
10466 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
10467
10468 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10469
10470 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
10471 addr = end - bl->address;
10472 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
10473 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
10474 }
10475 }
10476
10477 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10478 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10479 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10480 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10481 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10482 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10483 returns true on them.
10484
10485 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10486 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10487 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10488 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10489 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10490 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10491
10492 static void
10493 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
10494 {
10495 struct breakpoint *b;
10496 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
10497 struct cleanup *cleanups;
10498
10499 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10500 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10501 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10502 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10503 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10504 once. */
10505 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
10506 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
10507 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
10508 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
10509
10510 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10511 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10512 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
10513 unsigned old_location_count;
10514
10515 old_location = bp_location;
10516 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
10517 bp_location = NULL;
10518 bp_location_count = 0;
10519 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
10520
10521 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10522 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10523 bp_location_count++;
10524
10525 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
10526 locp = bp_location;
10527 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10528 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10529 *locp++ = loc;
10530 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
10531 bp_location_compare);
10532
10533 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10534
10535 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10536 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10537 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10538 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10539 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10540 location.
10541
10542 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10543 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10544
10545 locp = bp_location;
10546 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
10547 old_locp++)
10548 {
10549 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
10550 struct bp_location **loc2p;
10551
10552 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If
10553 not, we have to free it. */
10554 int found_object = 0;
10555 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10556 int keep_in_target = 0;
10557 int removed = 0;
10558
10559 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10560 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10561 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
10562 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
10563 locp++;
10564
10565 for (loc2p = locp;
10566 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10567 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10568 loc2p++)
10569 {
10570 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
10571 {
10572 found_object = 1;
10573 break;
10574 }
10575 }
10576
10577 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10578 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10579 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10580 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10581 at certain location is not inserted. */
10582
10583 if (old_loc->inserted)
10584 {
10585 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10586 it. */
10587
10588 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
10589 {
10590 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10591 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10592 keep_in_target = 1;
10593 }
10594 else
10595 {
10596 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10597 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10598 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10599 this one from the target. */
10600
10601 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10602 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
10603 {
10604 for (loc2p = locp;
10605 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10606 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10607 loc2p++)
10608 {
10609 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
10610
10611 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
10612 {
10613 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
10614 Duplicates check below will fix up this
10615 later. */
10616 loc2->duplicate = 0;
10617
10618 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10619 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10620 supported, but the latter are. */
10621 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10622 {
10623 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
10624 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
10625 }
10626
10627 if (loc2 != old_loc && should_be_inserted (loc2))
10628 {
10629 loc2->inserted = 1;
10630 loc2->target_info = old_loc->target_info;
10631 keep_in_target = 1;
10632 break;
10633 }
10634 }
10635 }
10636 }
10637 }
10638
10639 if (!keep_in_target)
10640 {
10641 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
10642 {
10643 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10644 this location on the global list, and try to
10645 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10646 reason why we will succeed next time.
10647
10648 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10649 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10650 only after calling us. */
10651 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10652 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10653 old_loc->owner->number);
10654 }
10655 removed = 1;
10656 }
10657 }
10658
10659 if (!found_object)
10660 {
10661 if (removed && non_stop
10662 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
10663 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10664 {
10665 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10666 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10667 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10668 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10669 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10670 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10671 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10672 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10673 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10674 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10675 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10676 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10677 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10678 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10679 SIGTRAP.
10680
10681 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10682 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10683
10684 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10685 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10686 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10687 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10688 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10689 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10690 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10691 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10692 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10693 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10694 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10695 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10696 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10697 thread_count.
10698
10699 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10700 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10701 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10702 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10703
10704 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10705 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10706 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10707 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10708 traps we can no longer explain. */
10709
10710 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10711 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10712
10713 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
10714 }
10715 else
10716 {
10717 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10718 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
10719 }
10720 }
10721 }
10722
10723 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10724 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10725 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10726 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10727 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10728 are sorted first for the same address.
10729
10730 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10731 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10732
10733 bp_loc_first = NULL;
10734 wp_loc_first = NULL;
10735 awp_loc_first = NULL;
10736 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
10737 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
10738 {
10739 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10740 non-NULL. */
10741 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
10742 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
10743
10744 if (b->enable_state == bp_disabled
10745 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
10746 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled
10747 || !loc->enabled
10748 || loc->shlib_disabled
10749 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
10750 || is_tracepoint (b))
10751 continue;
10752
10753 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10754 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
10755 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10756 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10757 "actually inserted"));
10758
10759 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
10760 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
10761 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
10762 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
10763 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
10764 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
10765 else
10766 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
10767
10768 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
10769 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
10770 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
10771 {
10772 *loc_first_p = loc;
10773 loc->duplicate = 0;
10774 continue;
10775 }
10776
10777 loc->duplicate = 1;
10778
10779 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
10780 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
10781 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10782 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10783 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10784 }
10785
10786 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10787 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10788 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
10789 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10790
10791 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10792 }
10793
10794 void
10795 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10796 {
10797 struct bp_location *loc;
10798 int ix;
10799
10800 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
10801 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
10802 {
10803 decref_bp_location (&loc);
10804 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
10805 --ix;
10806 }
10807 }
10808
10809 static void
10810 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
10811 {
10812 struct gdb_exception e;
10813
10814 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
10815 update_global_location_list (inserting);
10816 }
10817
10818 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10819
10820 static void
10821 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
10822 {
10823 bpstat bs;
10824
10825 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
10826 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
10827 {
10828 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
10829 bs->old_val = NULL;
10830 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10831 }
10832 }
10833
10834 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10835 static int
10836 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
10837 {
10838 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
10839
10840 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
10841 return 0;
10842 }
10843
10844 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
10845 structures. */
10846
10847 void
10848 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
10849 {
10850 struct breakpoint *b;
10851
10852 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
10853
10854 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
10855 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
10856 especial culprits.
10857
10858 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
10859 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
10860 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
10861 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
10862 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
10863 deleted.
10864
10865 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
10866 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
10867 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
10868 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
10869 was chosen. */
10870 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
10871 return;
10872
10873 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
10874 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
10875 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
10876 {
10877 struct breakpoint *related;
10878
10879 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
10880 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt->related_breakpoint);
10881 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
10882 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt);
10883
10884 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
10885 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
10886 related = related->related_breakpoint);
10887 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
10888 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
10889 }
10890
10891 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
10892 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
10893 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
10894 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
10895 if (bpt->number)
10896 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
10897
10898 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
10899 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
10900
10901 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10902 if (b->next == bpt)
10903 {
10904 b->next = bpt->next;
10905 break;
10906 }
10907
10908 if (bpt->ops != NULL && bpt->ops->dtor != NULL)
10909 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
10910
10911 decref_counted_command_line (&bpt->commands);
10912 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
10913 xfree (bpt->cond_exp);
10914 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
10915 xfree (bpt->addr_string_range_end);
10916 xfree (bpt->exp);
10917 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
10918 xfree (bpt->exp_string_reparse);
10919 value_free (bpt->val);
10920 xfree (bpt->source_file);
10921 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
10922
10923
10924 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
10925 been freed. */
10926 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
10927 in all threeds for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
10928 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
10929 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
10930 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
10931 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
10932 commands won't work. */
10933
10934 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
10935
10936 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
10937 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
10938 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
10939 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
10940 might be better design to have location completely
10941 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
10942 update_global_location_list (0);
10943
10944
10945 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
10946 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
10947 bpt->type = bp_none;
10948
10949 xfree (bpt);
10950 }
10951
10952 static void
10953 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
10954 {
10955 delete_breakpoint (b);
10956 }
10957
10958 struct cleanup *
10959 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10960 {
10961 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
10962 }
10963
10964 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
10965 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
10966
10967 static void
10968 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
10969 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
10970 void *),
10971 void *data)
10972 {
10973 struct breakpoint *related;
10974
10975 related = b;
10976 do
10977 {
10978 struct breakpoint *next;
10979
10980 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
10981 next = related->related_breakpoint;
10982
10983 if (next == related)
10984 {
10985 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
10986 function (related, data);
10987
10988 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
10989 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
10990 out. */
10991 break;
10992 }
10993 else
10994 function (related, data);
10995
10996 related = next;
10997 }
10998 while (related != b);
10999 }
11000
11001 static void
11002 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11003 {
11004 delete_breakpoint (b);
11005 }
11006
11007 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11008 delete_breakpoint. */
11009
11010 static void
11011 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11012 {
11013 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11014 }
11015
11016 void
11017 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11018 {
11019 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11020
11021 dont_repeat ();
11022
11023 if (arg == 0)
11024 {
11025 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
11026
11027 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
11028 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
11029 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
11030 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11031 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11032 {
11033 breaks_to_delete = 1;
11034 break;
11035 }
11036
11037 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
11038 if (!from_tty
11039 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
11040 {
11041 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11042 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11043 delete_breakpoint (b);
11044 }
11045 }
11046 else
11047 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11048 }
11049
11050 static int
11051 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
11052 {
11053 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11054 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
11055 return 0;
11056 return 1;
11057 }
11058
11059 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
11060 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
11061 Null names are ignored. */
11062
11063 static int
11064 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
11065 {
11066 struct bp_location *l;
11067 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
11068 (int (*) (const void *,
11069 const void *)) streq,
11070 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
11071
11072 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
11073 {
11074 const char **slot;
11075 const char *name = l->function_name;
11076
11077 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
11078 if (name == NULL)
11079 continue;
11080
11081 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
11082 INSERT);
11083 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
11084 returns NULL. */
11085 if (*slot != NULL)
11086 {
11087 htab_delete (htab);
11088 return 1;
11089 }
11090 *slot = name;
11091 }
11092
11093 htab_delete (htab);
11094 return 0;
11095 }
11096
11097 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
11098 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
11099 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
11100 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
11101 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
11102 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
11103 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
11104 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
11105 The heuristic is:
11106
11107 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
11108 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
11109 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
11110 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
11111 in the sources, and output a warning.
11112
11113 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
11114 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
11115 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
11116 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
11117 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
11118 warning.
11119
11120 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
11121 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
11122 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
11123 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
11124 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
11125 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
11126 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
11127 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
11128 precisely because it confuses tools). */
11129
11130 static struct symtab_and_line
11131 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
11132 {
11133 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
11134 CORE_ADDR pc;
11135 int i;
11136
11137 pc = sal.pc;
11138 if (sal.line)
11139 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
11140
11141 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
11142 {
11143 if (strcmp (b->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
11144 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11145 b->number,
11146 b->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
11147
11148 xfree (b->static_trace_marker_id);
11149 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
11150 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
11151
11152 return sal;
11153 }
11154
11155 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11156 by string ID. */
11157 if (!sal.explicit_pc
11158 && sal.line != 0
11159 && sal.symtab != NULL
11160 && b->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
11161 {
11162 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
11163
11164 markers
11165 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (b->static_trace_marker_id);
11166
11167 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
11168 {
11169 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11170 struct symbol *sym;
11171 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
11172
11173 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
11174
11175 xfree (b->static_trace_marker_id);
11176 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker->str_id);
11177
11178 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11179 "found at previous line number"),
11180 b->number, b->static_trace_marker_id);
11181
11182 init_sal (&sal);
11183
11184 sal.pc = marker->address;
11185
11186 sal = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
11187 sym = find_pc_sect_function (marker->address, NULL);
11188 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
11189 if (sym)
11190 {
11191 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
11192 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
11193 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
11194 }
11195 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal.symtab->filename);
11196 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
11197
11198 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11199 {
11200 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
11201
11202 if (fullname)
11203 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
11204 }
11205
11206 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal.line);
11207 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11208
11209 b->line_number = sal.line;
11210
11211 xfree (b->source_file);
11212 if (sym)
11213 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
11214 else
11215 b->source_file = NULL;
11216
11217 xfree (b->addr_string);
11218 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11219 sal.symtab->filename, b->line_number);
11220
11221 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11222 so. */
11223
11224 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
11225 }
11226 }
11227 return sal;
11228 }
11229
11230 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11231 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11232
11233 static int
11234 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
11235 {
11236 while (a && b)
11237 {
11238 if (a->address != b->address)
11239 return 0;
11240
11241 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
11242 return 0;
11243
11244 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
11245 return 0;
11246
11247 a = a->next;
11248 b = b->next;
11249 }
11250
11251 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
11252 return 0;
11253
11254 return 1;
11255 }
11256
11257 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11258 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11259 a ranged breakpoint. */
11260
11261 void
11262 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
11263 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
11264 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
11265 {
11266 int i;
11267 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
11268
11269 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end location. */
11270 gdb_assert (sals_end.nelts == 0 || (sals.nelts == 1 && sals_end.nelts == 1));
11271
11272 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11273 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11274 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11275 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11276 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11277 individual locations. */
11278 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
11279 return;
11280
11281 b->loc = NULL;
11282
11283 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
11284 {
11285 struct bp_location *new_loc =
11286 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
11287
11288 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11289 old symtab. */
11290 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
11291 {
11292 char *s;
11293 struct gdb_exception e;
11294
11295 s = b->cond_string;
11296 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11297 {
11298 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
11299 0);
11300 }
11301 if (e.reason < 0)
11302 {
11303 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11304 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11305 b->number, e.message);
11306 new_loc->enabled = 0;
11307 }
11308 }
11309
11310 if (b->source_file != NULL)
11311 xfree (b->source_file);
11312 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
11313 b->source_file = NULL;
11314 else
11315 b->source_file = xstrdup (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename);
11316
11317 if (b->line_number == 0)
11318 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
11319
11320 if (sals_end.nelts)
11321 {
11322 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
11323
11324 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
11325 }
11326 }
11327
11328 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11329 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
11330 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
11331
11332 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11333 breakpoints. */
11334 {
11335 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
11336 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11337 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11338 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11339 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11340 often enough until a better solution is found. */
11341 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
11342
11343 for (; e; e = e->next)
11344 {
11345 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
11346 {
11347 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
11348 if (have_ambiguous_names)
11349 {
11350 for (; l; l = l->next)
11351 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
11352 {
11353 l->enabled = 0;
11354 break;
11355 }
11356 }
11357 else
11358 {
11359 for (; l; l = l->next)
11360 if (l->function_name
11361 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
11362 {
11363 l->enabled = 0;
11364 break;
11365 }
11366 }
11367 }
11368 }
11369 }
11370
11371 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
11372 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
11373
11374 update_global_location_list (1);
11375 }
11376
11377 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
11378 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
11379
11380 static struct symtabs_and_lines
11381 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
11382 {
11383 char *s;
11384 int marker_spec;
11385 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
11386 struct gdb_exception e;
11387
11388 s = addr_string;
11389 marker_spec = b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (s);
11390
11391 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11392 {
11393 if (marker_spec)
11394 {
11395 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
11396 if (sals.nelts > b->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
11397 {
11398 sals.sals[0] = sals.sals[b->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
11399 sals.nelts = 1;
11400 }
11401 else
11402 error (_("marker %s not found"), b->static_trace_marker_id);
11403 }
11404 else
11405 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
11406 }
11407 if (e.reason < 0)
11408 {
11409 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
11410 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
11411 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
11412 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
11413 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
11414 state, then user already saw the message about that
11415 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
11416 errors. */
11417 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
11418 && (b->condition_not_parsed
11419 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11420 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
11421 not_found_and_ok = 1;
11422
11423 if (!not_found_and_ok)
11424 {
11425 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
11426 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
11427 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
11428 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
11429 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
11430 which approach is better. */
11431 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11432 throw_exception (e);
11433 }
11434 }
11435
11436 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
11437 {
11438 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
11439
11440 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
11441 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
11442 {
11443 char *cond_string = 0;
11444 int thread = -1;
11445 int task = 0;
11446
11447 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
11448 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
11449 if (cond_string)
11450 b->cond_string = cond_string;
11451 b->thread = thread;
11452 b->task = task;
11453 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
11454 }
11455
11456 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !marker_spec)
11457 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
11458
11459 *found = 1;
11460 }
11461 else
11462 *found = 0;
11463
11464 return sals;
11465 }
11466
11467 /* Reevaluate a hardware or software breakpoint and recreate its locations.
11468 This is necessary after symbols are read (e.g., an executable or DSO
11469 was loaded, or the inferior just started). */
11470
11471 static void
11472 re_set_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11473 {
11474 int found;
11475 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
11476 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
11477 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
11478 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11479
11480 input_radix = b->input_radix;
11481 save_current_space_and_thread ();
11482 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
11483 set_language (b->language);
11484
11485 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
11486 if (found)
11487 {
11488 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11489 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
11490 }
11491
11492 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
11493 {
11494 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
11495 if (found)
11496 {
11497 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
11498 expanded_end = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals_end.sals[0]);
11499 }
11500 }
11501
11502 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
11503 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11504 }
11505
11506 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
11507 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
11508 Unused in this case. */
11509
11510 static int
11511 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
11512 {
11513 /* Get past catch_errs. */
11514 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
11515
11516 switch (b->type)
11517 {
11518 case bp_none:
11519 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
11520 b->number);
11521 return 0;
11522 case bp_breakpoint:
11523 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
11524 case bp_tracepoint:
11525 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
11526 case bp_static_tracepoint:
11527 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
11528 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
11529 if (b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
11530 return 0;
11531
11532 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
11533 {
11534 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
11535 delete_breakpoint (b);
11536 return 0;
11537 }
11538
11539 re_set_breakpoint (b);
11540 break;
11541
11542 case bp_watchpoint:
11543 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11544 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11545 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11546 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
11547 variables, or it can be on local variables.
11548
11549 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and
11550 even persist across program restarts. Since they can use
11551 variables from shared libraries, we need to reparse
11552 expression as libraries are loaded and unloaded.
11553
11554 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as
11555 result of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses
11556 both a local and a global variables in expression, it's a
11557 local watchpoint, but unloading of a shared library will make
11558 the expression invalid. This is not a very common use case,
11559 but we still re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to
11560 the user.
11561
11562 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
11563 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
11564 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In
11565 fact, I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
11566
11567 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
11568 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
11569
11570 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
11571 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
11572 update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */);
11573 break;
11574 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
11575 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
11576 loaded. */
11577 case bp_catchpoint:
11578 break;
11579
11580 default:
11581 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
11582 /* fall through */
11583 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
11584 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11585 case bp_overlay_event:
11586 case bp_longjmp_master:
11587 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11588 case bp_exception_master:
11589 delete_breakpoint (b);
11590 break;
11591
11592 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11593 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11594 case bp_shlib_event:
11595
11596 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
11597 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11598 case bp_thread_event:
11599
11600 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we
11601 step over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the
11602 breakpoints. Otherwise these should have been blown away via
11603 the cleanup chain or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we
11604 rerun the executable. */
11605 case bp_until:
11606 case bp_finish:
11607 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
11608 case bp_call_dummy:
11609 case bp_std_terminate:
11610 case bp_step_resume:
11611 case bp_hp_step_resume:
11612 case bp_longjmp:
11613 case bp_longjmp_resume:
11614 case bp_exception:
11615 case bp_exception_resume:
11616 case bp_jit_event:
11617 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
11618 break;
11619 }
11620
11621 return 0;
11622 }
11623
11624 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
11625 void
11626 breakpoint_re_set (void)
11627 {
11628 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11629 enum language save_language;
11630 int save_input_radix;
11631 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11632
11633 save_language = current_language->la_language;
11634 save_input_radix = input_radix;
11635 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
11636
11637 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11638 {
11639 /* Format possible error msg. */
11640 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
11641 b->number);
11642 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
11643 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
11644 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11645 }
11646 set_language (save_language);
11647 input_radix = save_input_radix;
11648
11649 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
11650
11651 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11652
11653 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
11654 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
11655 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
11656 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
11657 }
11658 \f
11659 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
11660
11661 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
11662 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
11663 void
11664 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
11665 {
11666 if (b->thread != -1)
11667 {
11668 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
11669 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
11670
11671 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
11672 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
11673 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
11674 as well. */
11675 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
11676 }
11677 }
11678
11679 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11680 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11681 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11682
11683 void
11684 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
11685 {
11686 struct breakpoint *b;
11687
11688 if (count < 0)
11689 count = 0;
11690
11691 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11692 if (b->number == bptnum)
11693 {
11694 if (is_tracepoint (b))
11695 {
11696 if (from_tty && count != 0)
11697 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
11698 bptnum);
11699 return;
11700 }
11701
11702 b->ignore_count = count;
11703 if (from_tty)
11704 {
11705 if (count == 0)
11706 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
11707 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
11708 bptnum);
11709 else if (count == 1)
11710 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
11711 bptnum);
11712 else
11713 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
11714 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
11715 count, bptnum);
11716 }
11717 breakpoints_changed ();
11718 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
11719 return;
11720 }
11721
11722 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
11723 }
11724
11725 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
11726
11727 static void
11728 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11729 {
11730 char *p = args;
11731 int num;
11732
11733 if (p == 0)
11734 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
11735
11736 num = get_number (&p);
11737 if (num == 0)
11738 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
11739 if (*p == 0)
11740 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
11741
11742 set_ignore_count (num,
11743 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
11744 from_tty);
11745 if (from_tty)
11746 printf_filtered ("\n");
11747 }
11748 \f
11749 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
11750 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
11751
11752 static void
11753 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
11754 void *),
11755 void *data)
11756 {
11757 int num;
11758 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
11759 int match;
11760 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
11761
11762 if (args == 0)
11763 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
11764
11765 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
11766
11767 while (!state.finished)
11768 {
11769 char *p = state.string;
11770
11771 match = 0;
11772
11773 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
11774 if (num == 0)
11775 {
11776 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
11777 }
11778 else
11779 {
11780 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
11781 if (b->number == num)
11782 {
11783 match = 1;
11784 function (b, data);
11785 break;
11786 }
11787 if (match == 0)
11788 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
11789 }
11790 }
11791 }
11792
11793 static struct bp_location *
11794 find_location_by_number (char *number)
11795 {
11796 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
11797 char *p1;
11798 int bp_num;
11799 int loc_num;
11800 struct breakpoint *b;
11801 struct bp_location *loc;
11802
11803 *dot = '\0';
11804
11805 p1 = number;
11806 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
11807 if (bp_num == 0)
11808 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
11809
11810 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11811 if (b->number == bp_num)
11812 {
11813 break;
11814 }
11815
11816 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
11817 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
11818
11819 p1 = dot+1;
11820 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
11821 if (loc_num == 0)
11822 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
11823
11824 --loc_num;
11825 loc = b->loc;
11826 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
11827 ;
11828 if (!loc)
11829 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
11830
11831 return loc;
11832 }
11833
11834
11835 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11836 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11837 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11838
11839 void
11840 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11841 {
11842 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
11843 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
11844 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
11845 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11846 return;
11847
11848 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
11849 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
11850 return;
11851
11852 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11853
11854 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11855 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
11856 {
11857 struct bp_location *location;
11858
11859 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
11860 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
11861 }
11862
11863 update_global_location_list (0);
11864
11865 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
11866 }
11867
11868 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
11869
11870 static void
11871 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11872 {
11873 disable_breakpoint (b);
11874 }
11875
11876 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11877 disable_breakpoint. */
11878
11879 static void
11880 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11881 {
11882 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
11883 }
11884
11885 static void
11886 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11887 {
11888 if (args == 0)
11889 {
11890 struct breakpoint *bpt;
11891
11892 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
11893 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
11894 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
11895 }
11896 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
11897 {
11898 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
11899 if (loc)
11900 {
11901 loc->enabled = 0;
11902 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11903 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
11904 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
11905 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
11906 }
11907 update_global_location_list (0);
11908 }
11909 else
11910 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
11911 }
11912
11913 static void
11914 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
11915 {
11916 int target_resources_ok;
11917
11918 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
11919 {
11920 int i;
11921 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
11922 target_resources_ok =
11923 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
11924 i + 1, 0);
11925 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
11926 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
11927 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
11928 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
11929 }
11930
11931 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
11932 {
11933 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
11934 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
11935 struct gdb_exception e;
11936
11937 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11938 {
11939 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
11940 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11941 update_watchpoint (bpt, 1 /* reparse */);
11942 }
11943 if (e.reason < 0)
11944 {
11945 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
11946 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
11947 bpt->number);
11948 return;
11949 }
11950 }
11951
11952 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
11953 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11954
11955 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11956 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
11957 {
11958 struct bp_location *location;
11959
11960 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
11961 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
11962 }
11963
11964 bpt->disposition = disposition;
11965 update_global_location_list (1);
11966 breakpoints_changed ();
11967
11968 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
11969 }
11970
11971
11972 void
11973 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11974 {
11975 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition);
11976 }
11977
11978 static void
11979 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
11980 {
11981 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
11982 }
11983
11984 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11985 enable_breakpoint. */
11986
11987 static void
11988 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11989 {
11990 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
11991 }
11992
11993 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
11994 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
11995 in stopping the inferior. */
11996
11997 static void
11998 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11999 {
12000 if (args == 0)
12001 {
12002 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12003
12004 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12005 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12006 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12007 }
12008 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12009 {
12010 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12011 if (loc)
12012 {
12013 loc->enabled = 1;
12014 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12015 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12016 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12017 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
12018 }
12019 update_global_location_list (1);
12020 }
12021 else
12022 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12023 }
12024
12025 static void
12026 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12027 {
12028 enum bpdisp disp = *(enum bpdisp *) arg;
12029
12030 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp);
12031 }
12032
12033 static void
12034 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12035 {
12036 enum bpdisp disp = disp_disable;
12037
12038 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12039 }
12040
12041 static void
12042 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12043 {
12044 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
12045 }
12046
12047 static void
12048 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12049 {
12050 enum bpdisp disp = disp_del;
12051
12052 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12053 }
12054
12055 static void
12056 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12057 {
12058 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12059 }
12060 \f
12061 static void
12062 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12063 {
12064 }
12065
12066 static void
12067 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12068 {
12069 }
12070
12071 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
12072 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
12073 GDB itself. */
12074
12075 static void
12076 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
12077 const bfd_byte *data)
12078 {
12079 struct breakpoint *bp;
12080
12081 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12082 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
12083 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
12084 && bp->val_valid && bp->val)
12085 {
12086 struct bp_location *loc;
12087
12088 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
12089 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
12090 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
12091 && addr + len > loc->address)
12092 {
12093 value_free (bp->val);
12094 bp->val = NULL;
12095 bp->val_valid = 0;
12096 }
12097 }
12098 }
12099
12100 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
12101
12102 struct symtabs_and_lines
12103 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
12104 {
12105 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12106
12107 if (string == 0)
12108 error (_("Empty line specification."));
12109 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
12110 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
12111 default_breakpoint_symtab,
12112 default_breakpoint_line,
12113 NULL);
12114 else
12115 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
12116 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
12117 if (*string)
12118 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
12119 return sals;
12120 }
12121
12122 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
12123 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
12124 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
12125 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
12126 someday. */
12127
12128 void *
12129 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12130 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
12131 {
12132 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
12133
12134 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
12135
12136 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
12137 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
12138
12139 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
12140 {
12141 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
12142 xfree (bp_tgt);
12143 return NULL;
12144 }
12145
12146 return bp_tgt;
12147 }
12148
12149 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12150 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12151
12152 int
12153 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
12154 {
12155 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
12156 int ret;
12157
12158 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
12159 xfree (bp_tgt);
12160
12161 return ret;
12162 }
12163
12164 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12165 stepping. */
12166
12167 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
12168 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
12169
12170 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12171
12172 void
12173 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12174 struct address_space *aspace,
12175 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
12176 {
12177 void **bpt_p;
12178
12179 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
12180 {
12181 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
12182 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
12183 }
12184 else
12185 {
12186 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
12187 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
12188 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
12189 }
12190
12191 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12192 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12193 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12194 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12195 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12196 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12197
12198 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
12199 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
12200 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12201 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
12202 }
12203
12204 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12205 were inserted or not. */
12206
12207 int
12208 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12209 {
12210 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
12211 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
12212 }
12213
12214 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12215
12216 void
12217 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12218 {
12219 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
12220
12221 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12222 call. */
12223 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
12224 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
12225 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
12226 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
12227
12228 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
12229 {
12230 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
12231 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
12232 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
12233 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
12234 }
12235 }
12236
12237 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12238 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12239 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12240 exec. */
12241
12242 void
12243 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12244 {
12245 int i;
12246
12247 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12248 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12249 {
12250 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12251 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
12252 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
12253 }
12254 }
12255
12256 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12257 removing them. */
12258
12259 static void
12260 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12261 {
12262 int i;
12263
12264 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12265 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12266 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
12267 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12268 }
12269
12270 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12271 PC. */
12272
12273 static int
12274 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
12275 CORE_ADDR pc)
12276 {
12277 int i;
12278
12279 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12280 {
12281 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
12282 if (bp_tgt
12283 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
12284 bp_tgt->placed_address,
12285 aspace, pc))
12286 return 1;
12287 }
12288
12289 return 0;
12290 }
12291
12292 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12293 non-zero otherwise. */
12294 static int
12295 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
12296 {
12297 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
12298 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
12299 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
12300 return 1;
12301 else
12302 return 0;
12303 }
12304
12305 int
12306 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12307 {
12308 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
12309
12310 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
12311 }
12312
12313 int
12314 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
12315 {
12316 struct breakpoint *bp;
12317
12318 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12319 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
12320 {
12321 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
12322
12323 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
12324 {
12325 int i, iter;
12326 for (i = 0;
12327 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
12328 i++)
12329 if (syscall_number == iter)
12330 return 1;
12331 }
12332 else
12333 return 1;
12334 }
12335
12336 return 0;
12337 }
12338
12339 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12340 static char **
12341 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12342 char *text, char *word)
12343 {
12344 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
12345 char **retlist
12346 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
12347
12348 xfree (list);
12349 return retlist;
12350 }
12351
12352 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12353
12354 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12355 static void
12356 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
12357 {
12358 tracepoint_count = num;
12359 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
12360 }
12361
12362 void
12363 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12364 {
12365 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12366 arg,
12367 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12368 0 /* tempflag */,
12369 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12370 0 /* Ignore count */,
12371 pending_break_support,
12372 NULL,
12373 from_tty,
12374 1 /* enabled */,
12375 0 /* internal */))
12376 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12377 }
12378
12379 void
12380 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12381 {
12382 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12383 arg,
12384 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12385 0 /* tempflag */,
12386 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12387 0 /* Ignore count */,
12388 pending_break_support,
12389 NULL,
12390 from_tty,
12391 1 /* enabled */,
12392 0 /* internal */))
12393 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12394 }
12395
12396 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
12397
12398 void
12399 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12400 {
12401 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12402 arg,
12403 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12404 0 /* tempflag */,
12405 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12406 0 /* Ignore count */,
12407 pending_break_support,
12408 NULL,
12409 from_tty,
12410 1 /* enabled */,
12411 0 /* internal */))
12412 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12413 }
12414
12415 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
12416 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
12417
12418 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
12419 static int next_cmd;
12420
12421 static char *
12422 read_uploaded_action (void)
12423 {
12424 char *rslt;
12425
12426 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
12427
12428 next_cmd++;
12429
12430 return rslt;
12431 }
12432
12433 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
12434 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
12435 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
12436 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
12437 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
12438
12439 struct breakpoint *
12440 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
12441 {
12442 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
12443 struct breakpoint *tp;
12444
12445 if (utp->at_string)
12446 addr_str = utp->at_string;
12447 else
12448 {
12449 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
12450 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
12451 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
12452 user. */
12453 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
12454 "source location, using raw address"),
12455 utp->number);
12456 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
12457 addr_str = small_buf;
12458 }
12459
12460 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
12461 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
12462 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
12463 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
12464 utp->number);
12465
12466 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12467 addr_str,
12468 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
12469 0 /* tempflag */,
12470 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
12471 0 /* Ignore count */,
12472 pending_break_support,
12473 NULL,
12474 0 /* from_tty */,
12475 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
12476 0 /* internal */))
12477 return NULL;
12478
12479 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12480
12481 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
12482 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
12483 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
12484
12485 if (utp->pass > 0)
12486 {
12487 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->number);
12488
12489 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
12490 }
12491
12492 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
12493 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
12494 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
12495 function. */
12496 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
12497 {
12498 struct command_line *cmd_list;
12499
12500 this_utp = utp;
12501 next_cmd = 0;
12502
12503 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
12504
12505 breakpoint_set_commands (tp, cmd_list);
12506 }
12507 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
12508 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
12509 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
12510 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
12511 utp->number);
12512
12513 return tp;
12514 }
12515
12516 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
12517 omitted. */
12518
12519 static void
12520 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
12521 {
12522 int num_printed;
12523
12524 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
12525
12526 if (num_printed == 0)
12527 {
12528 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
12529 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
12530 else
12531 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
12532 }
12533
12534 default_collect_info ();
12535 }
12536
12537 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
12538 Not supported by all targets. */
12539 static void
12540 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12541 {
12542 enable_command (args, from_tty);
12543 }
12544
12545 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
12546 Not supported by all targets. */
12547 static void
12548 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12549 {
12550 disable_command (args, from_tty);
12551 }
12552
12553 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
12554 static void
12555 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12556 {
12557 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12558
12559 dont_repeat ();
12560
12561 if (arg == 0)
12562 {
12563 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
12564
12565 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
12566 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
12567 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
12568 argument. */
12569 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12570 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
12571 {
12572 breaks_to_delete = 1;
12573 break;
12574 }
12575
12576 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12577 if (!from_tty
12578 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
12579 {
12580 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12581 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
12582 delete_breakpoint (b);
12583 }
12584 }
12585 else
12586 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12587 }
12588
12589 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
12590
12591 static void
12592 trace_pass_set_count (struct breakpoint *bp, int count, int from_tty)
12593 {
12594 bp->pass_count = count;
12595 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (bp->number);
12596 if (from_tty)
12597 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
12598 bp->number, count);
12599 }
12600
12601 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
12602
12603 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
12604 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
12605 Also accepts special argument "all". */
12606
12607 static void
12608 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12609 {
12610 struct breakpoint *t1;
12611 unsigned int count;
12612
12613 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
12614 error (_("passcount command requires an "
12615 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
12616
12617 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
12618
12619 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
12620 args++;
12621
12622 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
12623 {
12624 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
12625 if (*args)
12626 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12627
12628 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t1)
12629 {
12630 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
12631 }
12632 }
12633 else if (*args == '\0')
12634 {
12635 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
12636 if (t1)
12637 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
12638 }
12639 else
12640 {
12641 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
12642
12643 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
12644 while (!state.finished)
12645 {
12646 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
12647 if (t1)
12648 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
12649 }
12650 }
12651 }
12652
12653 struct breakpoint *
12654 get_tracepoint (int num)
12655 {
12656 struct breakpoint *t;
12657
12658 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
12659 if (t->number == num)
12660 return t;
12661
12662 return NULL;
12663 }
12664
12665 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
12666 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
12667 reconnecting). */
12668
12669 struct breakpoint *
12670 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
12671 {
12672 struct breakpoint *t;
12673
12674 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
12675 if (t->number_on_target == num)
12676 return t;
12677
12678 return NULL;
12679 }
12680
12681 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
12682 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
12683 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
12684 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
12685 struct breakpoint *
12686 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
12687 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
12688 int optional_p)
12689 {
12690 extern int tracepoint_count;
12691 struct breakpoint *t;
12692 int tpnum;
12693 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
12694
12695 if (state)
12696 {
12697 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
12698 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
12699 }
12700 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
12701 {
12702 if (optional_p)
12703 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
12704 else
12705 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
12706 }
12707 else
12708 tpnum = get_number (arg);
12709
12710 if (tpnum <= 0)
12711 {
12712 if (instring && *instring)
12713 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
12714 instring);
12715 else
12716 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
12717 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
12718 return NULL;
12719 }
12720
12721 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
12722 if (t->number == tpnum)
12723 {
12724 return t;
12725 }
12726
12727 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
12728 return NULL;
12729 }
12730
12731 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
12732 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
12733 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
12734 non-zero. */
12735
12736 static void
12737 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
12738 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
12739 {
12740 struct breakpoint *tp;
12741 int any = 0;
12742 char *pathname;
12743 struct cleanup *cleanup;
12744 struct ui_file *fp;
12745 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
12746
12747 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
12748 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
12749
12750 /* See if we have anything to save. */
12751 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
12752 {
12753 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12754 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
12755 continue;
12756
12757 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12758 if (filter && !filter (tp))
12759 continue;
12760
12761 any = 1;
12762
12763 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
12764 {
12765 extra_trace_bits = 1;
12766
12767 /* We can stop searching. */
12768 break;
12769 }
12770 }
12771
12772 if (!any)
12773 {
12774 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
12775 return;
12776 }
12777
12778 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
12779 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
12780 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
12781 if (!fp)
12782 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
12783 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
12784 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
12785
12786 if (extra_trace_bits)
12787 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
12788
12789 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
12790 {
12791 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12792 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
12793 continue;
12794
12795 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12796 if (filter && !filter (tp))
12797 continue;
12798
12799 if (tp->ops != NULL && tp->ops->print_recreate != NULL)
12800 (tp->ops->print_recreate) (tp, fp);
12801 else
12802 {
12803 if (tp->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
12804 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
12805 if (tp->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
12806 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
12807 else if (tp->type == bp_tracepoint)
12808 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
12809 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12810 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12811 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12812 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12813 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12814 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12816 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12817 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12818 else if (tp->type == bp_watchpoint)
12819 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
12820 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12821 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
12822 else if (tp->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12823 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
12824 else if (tp->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12825 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
12826 else
12827 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12828 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12829
12830 if (tp->exp_string)
12831 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->exp_string);
12832 else if (tp->addr_string)
12833 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12834 else
12835 {
12836 char tmp[40];
12837
12838 sprintf_vma (tmp, tp->loc->address);
12839 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " *0x%s", tmp);
12840 }
12841 }
12842
12843 if (tp->thread != -1)
12844 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", tp->thread);
12845
12846 if (tp->task != 0)
12847 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", tp->task);
12848
12849 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
12850
12851 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
12852 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
12853 instead. */
12854
12855 if (tp->cond_string)
12856 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
12857
12858 if (tp->ignore_count)
12859 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
12860
12861 if (tp->pass_count)
12862 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
12863
12864 if (tp->commands)
12865 {
12866 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
12867
12868 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
12869
12870 ui_out_redirect (uiout, fp);
12871 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
12872 {
12873 print_command_lines (uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
12874 }
12875 ui_out_redirect (uiout, NULL);
12876
12877 if (ex.reason < 0)
12878 throw_exception (ex);
12879
12880 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
12881 }
12882
12883 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
12884 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
12885
12886 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
12887 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
12888 special, and not user visible. */
12889 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
12890 {
12891 struct bp_location *loc;
12892 int n = 1;
12893
12894 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
12895 if (!loc->enabled)
12896 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
12897 }
12898 }
12899
12900 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
12901 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
12902
12903 do_cleanups (cleanup);
12904 if (from_tty)
12905 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
12906 }
12907
12908 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
12909
12910 static void
12911 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12912 {
12913 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
12914 }
12915
12916 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
12917
12918 static void
12919 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12920 {
12921 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
12922 }
12923
12924 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
12925
12926 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
12927 all_tracepoints (void)
12928 {
12929 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
12930 struct breakpoint *tp;
12931
12932 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
12933 {
12934 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
12935 }
12936
12937 return tp_vec;
12938 }
12939
12940 \f
12941 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
12942 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
12943 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
12944 command. */
12945 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
12946 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
12947 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
12948 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
12949 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
12950 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
12951 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
12952 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
12953 \n\
12954 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
12955 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
12956 \n\
12957 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
12958 conditions are different.\n\
12959 \n\
12960 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
12961
12962 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
12963 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
12964
12965 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
12966 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
12967
12968 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
12969 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
12970 static void
12971 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
12972 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
12973 struct cmd_list_element *command),
12974 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12975 char *text, char *word),
12976 void *user_data_catch,
12977 void *user_data_tcatch)
12978 {
12979 struct cmd_list_element *command;
12980
12981 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
12982 &catch_cmdlist);
12983 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
12984 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
12985 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
12986
12987 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
12988 &tcatch_cmdlist);
12989 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
12990 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
12991 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
12992 }
12993
12994 static void
12995 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
12996 {
12997 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
12998 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
12999 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
13000 }
13001
13002 static void
13003 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13004 {
13005 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
13006 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
13007 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
13008 }
13009
13010 struct breakpoint *
13011 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
13012 void *data)
13013 {
13014 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13015
13016 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13017 {
13018 if ((*callback) (b, data))
13019 return b;
13020 }
13021
13022 return NULL;
13023 }
13024
13025 void
13026 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
13027 {
13028 struct cmd_list_element *c;
13029
13030 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
13031 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
13032 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
13033
13034 breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
13035
13036 breakpoint_chain = 0;
13037 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
13038 before a breakpoint is set. */
13039 breakpoint_count = 0;
13040
13041 tracepoint_count = 0;
13042
13043 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
13044 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
13045 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
13046 if (xdb_commands)
13047 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
13048
13049 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
13050 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
13051 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
13052 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
13053 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
13054 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
13055 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
13056 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
13057
13058 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
13059 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
13060 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
13061 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
13062
13063 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
13064 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
13065 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13066 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
13067 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
13068 \n"
13069 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
13070 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13071
13072 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
13073 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13074 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
13075 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
13076 \n"
13077 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
13078 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13079
13080 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
13081 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13082 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13083 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
13084 \n"
13085 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
13086 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13087
13088 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13089 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13090 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13091 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13092 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13093 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
13094 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13095 if (xdb_commands)
13096 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13097 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13098 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13099 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13100 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13101 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
13102
13103 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13104
13105 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13106 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13107 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13108 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13109 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
13110 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
13111
13112 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13113 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13114 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13115 &enablebreaklist);
13116
13117 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13118 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13119 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13120 &enablebreaklist);
13121
13122 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13123 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13124 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13125 &enablelist);
13126
13127 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13128 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13129 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13130 &enablelist);
13131
13132 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13133 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13134 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13135 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13136 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
13137 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13138 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13139 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13140 if (xdb_commands)
13141 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13142 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13143 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13144 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13145 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
13146
13147 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
13148 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13149 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13150 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13151 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
13152 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13153 &disablelist);
13154
13155 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13156 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13157 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13158 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13159 \n\
13160 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13161 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13162 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
13163 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13164 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13165 if (xdb_commands)
13166 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13167 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13168 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13169 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13170
13171 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
13172 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13173 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13174 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13175 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13176 &deletelist);
13177
13178 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
13179 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
13180 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13181 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
13182 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
13183 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
13184 \n\
13185 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
13186 is executing in.\n\
13187 \n\
13188 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
13189 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
13190
13191 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
13192 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13193 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13194 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13195
13196 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
13197 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
13198 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
13199 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
13200
13201 if (xdb_commands)
13202 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
13203
13204 if (dbx_commands)
13205 {
13206 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
13207 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13208 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
13209 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
13210 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
13211 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
13212 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
13213 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
13214 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13215 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13216 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13217 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13218 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13219 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13220 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13221 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13222 \n\
13223 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13224 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13225 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13226 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13227 breakpoint set."));
13228 }
13229
13230 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
13231 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
13232 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13233 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13234 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13235 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13236 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13237 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13238 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13239 \n\
13240 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13241 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13242 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13243 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13244 breakpoint set."));
13245
13246 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
13247
13248 if (xdb_commands)
13249 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
13250 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13251 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13252 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13253 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13254 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13255 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13256 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13257 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13258 \n\
13259 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13260 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13261 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13262 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13263 breakpoint set."));
13264
13265 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
13266 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13267 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13268 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13269 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13270 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
13271 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
13272 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
13273 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
13274 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13275 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13276 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13277 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13278 \n\
13279 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13280 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13281 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13282 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13283 breakpoint set."),
13284 &maintenanceinfolist);
13285
13286 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
13287 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
13288 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
13289 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13290
13291 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
13292 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
13293 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
13294 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13295
13296 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
13297 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
13298 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
13299 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13300 catch_catch_command,
13301 NULL,
13302 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13303 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13304 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
13305 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
13306 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13307 catch_throw_command,
13308 NULL,
13309 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13310 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13311 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
13312 catch_fork_command_1,
13313 NULL,
13314 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
13315 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
13316 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
13317 catch_fork_command_1,
13318 NULL,
13319 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
13320 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
13321 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
13322 catch_exec_command_1,
13323 NULL,
13324 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13325 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13326 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
13327 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
13328 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
13329 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
13330 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
13331 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
13332 catch_syscall_command_1,
13333 catch_syscall_completer,
13334 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13335 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13336 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
13337 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
13338 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13339 catch_ada_exception_command,
13340 NULL,
13341 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13342 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13343 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
13344 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
13345 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13346 catch_assert_command,
13347 NULL,
13348 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13349 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13350
13351 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
13352 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13353 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13354 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13355 an expression changes.\n\
13356 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13357 the memory to which it refers."));
13358 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13359
13360 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
13361 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13362 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13363 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13364 an expression is read.\n\
13365 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13366 the memory to which it refers."));
13367 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13368
13369 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
13370 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13371 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13372 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13373 an expression is either read or written.\n\
13374 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13375 the memory to which it refers."));
13376 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13377
13378 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
13379 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
13380
13381 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
13382 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
13383 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
13384 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
13385 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13386 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13387 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
13388 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
13389 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
13390 hardware.)"),
13391 NULL,
13392 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
13393 &setlist, &showlist);
13394
13395 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
13396
13397 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
13398
13399 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
13400 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13401 \n"
13402 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
13403 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13404 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13405
13406 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
13407 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13408 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13409 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13410
13411 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
13412 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13413 \n"
13414 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
13415 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13416 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13417
13418 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
13419 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
13420 \n\
13421 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
13422 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
13423 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
13424 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
13425 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
13426 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
13427 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
13428 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
13429 the selected stack frame.\n\
13430 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
13431 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
13432 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
13433 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
13434 \n\
13435 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13436 \n\
13437 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13438 conditions are different.\n\
13439 \n\
13440 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
13441 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13442 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13443
13444 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
13445 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
13446 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
13447 last tracepoint set."));
13448
13449 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
13450
13451 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
13452 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
13453 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13454 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
13455 &deletelist);
13456
13457 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
13458 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
13459 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13460 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
13461 &disablelist);
13462 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
13463
13464 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
13465 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
13466 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13467 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
13468 &enablelist);
13469 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
13470
13471 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
13472 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
13473 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
13474 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
13475 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
13476
13477 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
13478 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
13479 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
13480 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13481
13482 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
13483 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
13484 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
13485 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
13486 session to restore them."),
13487 &save_cmdlist);
13488 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
13489
13490 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
13491 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
13492 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
13493 &save_cmdlist);
13494 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
13495
13496 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
13497 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
13498
13499 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
13500 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13501 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13502 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13503 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
13504 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
13505 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
13506 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13507 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13508 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13509 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
13510 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
13511
13512 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
13513 &pending_break_support, _("\
13514 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13515 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13516 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
13517 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
13518 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
13519 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
13520 NULL,
13521 show_pending_break_support,
13522 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
13523 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
13524
13525 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
13526
13527 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
13528 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
13529 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13530 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13531 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
13532 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
13533 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
13534 NULL,
13535 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
13536 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
13537 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
13538
13539 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
13540 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
13541 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13542 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13543 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
13544 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
13545 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
13546 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
13547 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
13548 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
13549 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
13550 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
13551 NULL,
13552 &show_always_inserted_mode,
13553 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
13554 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
13555
13556 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
13557 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
13558 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
13559 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
13560 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
13561 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
13562 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
13563 or the start of the range\n\
13564 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
13565 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
13566 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
13567 \n\
13568 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
13569 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
13570 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
13571
13572 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
13573
13574 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
13575 }
This page took 0.414633 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.